{"title":"iPhone Parts","description":"\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eBuy iPhone parts in the UK\u003c\/strong\u003e from The Repair Plus: we stock LCD and OLED screens, charging port flex cables, rear cameras and lens glass, back covers and housings, earpiece and loudspeakers, flex cables, SIM trays and adhesive. Every part is tested, and orders placed before 4pm, Monday to Friday, dispatch the same day from Manchester.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003ch2\u003eiPhone replacement parts we stock\u003c\/h2\u003e\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eScreens\u003c\/strong\u003e: FHD LCD, In-Cell and OLED replacements\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eCharging port flex cables\u003c\/strong\u003e with microphone\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eRear cameras, camera lens glass and bezels\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eBack covers, back glass and housings\u003c\/strong\u003e in a range of colours\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eEarpiece speakers and loudspeakers\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eFlex cables, home buttons and SIM card trays\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eScreen and battery adhesive\u003c\/strong\u003e, plus taptic vibrator motors\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\u003ch2\u003eWhy buy from The Repair Plus\u003c\/h2\u003e\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eSame-day dispatch\u003c\/strong\u003e when you order before 4pm, Monday to Friday.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eUK stock\u003c\/strong\u003e shipped from Manchester, with free Royal Mail Tracked 48 delivery on UK orders over £5.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eEvery part tested\u003c\/strong\u003e before dispatch.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003e30-day returns\u003c\/strong\u003e and customer service Monday to Friday, 10:00 to 18:00, on 07425 443625 or info@therepairplus.com.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\u003ch2\u003eFrequently asked questions\u003c\/h2\u003e\u003ch3\u003eHow do I find the right part for my iPhone?\u003c\/h3\u003e\u003cp\u003eEach listing names the iPhone models it fits. Check the model on the back of your phone or in Settings before you order.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003ch3\u003eHow fast will my order arrive?\u003c\/h3\u003e\u003cp\u003eOrder before 4pm, Monday to Friday, and we dispatch the same day from Manchester using free Royal Mail Tracked 48 delivery on UK orders over £5.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003ch3\u003eCan I return a part if it is wrong for my iPhone?\u003c\/h3\u003e\u003cp\u003eYes. You have 30 days to return a part. Contact us on 07425 443625 or info@therepairplus.com, Monday to Friday, 10:00 to 18:00.\u003c\/p\u003e","products":[{"product_id":"protective-gel-case-sleek-design-with-convenient-card-slot-for-iphone-15-14-13-12-pro-max","title":"Protective Gel Case: Sleek Design with Convenient Card Slot for iPhone 15, 14, 13, 12 Pro Max","description":"\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eThe Repair Plus protective gel case with card slot for iPhone Pro Max\u003c\/strong\u003e is a slim, flexible cover listed for the iPhone 15 Pro Max, 14 Pro Max, 13 Pro Max and 12 Pro Max. It protects against scuffs and knocks and holds a card on the back. Brand new, tested before dispatch and shipped the same day from Manchester when you order before 4pm, Monday to Friday.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch2\u003eKey features\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n  \u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eBuilt-in card slot:\u003c\/strong\u003e keep a bank card, travel card or ID with your phone.\u003c\/li\u003e\n  \u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eFlexible gel material:\u003c\/strong\u003e easy to fit and remove, with a soft grip in the hand.\u003c\/li\u003e\n  \u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eSleek, slim design:\u003c\/strong\u003e adds protection without bulk in your pocket.\u003c\/li\u003e\n  \u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eEveryday protection:\u003c\/strong\u003e helps guard the back and edges against scratches and light knocks.\u003c\/li\u003e\n  \u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eGreat for trade:\u003c\/strong\u003e a useful add-on sale for repair shops after a screen or back repair.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\u003ch2\u003eSpecifications\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003ctable\u003e\n  \u003ctbody\u003e\n    \u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eProduct\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eProtective gel case with card slot\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n    \u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eListed models\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eiPhone 15 Pro Max, iPhone 14 Pro Max, iPhone 13 Pro Max, iPhone 12 Pro Max\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n    \u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eCondition\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eBrand new\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n    \u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eDispatch\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eSame day before 4pm, Monday to Friday, from Manchester, UK\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n    \u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eReturns\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e30 days\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n  \u003c\/tbody\u003e\n\u003c\/table\u003e\n\u003ch2\u003eCompatibility\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eThis case is listed for the \u003cstrong\u003eiPhone 15 Pro Max, iPhone 14 Pro Max, iPhone 13 Pro Max and iPhone 12 Pro Max\u003c\/strong\u003e. It is not made for the standard, Plus, mini or Pro models, which are smaller and have different camera layouts. Each Pro Max generation has a slightly different camera bump and button position, so check your model in \u003cem\u003eSettings \u0026gt; General \u0026gt; About\u003c\/em\u003e and contact us before ordering if you need to confirm which model we will send.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch2\u003eUsing the card slot\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eKeep only one or two cards in the slot so the case sits flat. Avoid storing cards with magnetic strips against wireless chargers, and remove the card before charging on a wireless pad, as a card between the phone and charger can stop charging.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch2\u003eWhy buy from The Repair Plus\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n  \u003cli\u003eSame-day dispatch when you order before 4pm, Monday to Friday.\u003c\/li\u003e\n  \u003cli\u003eUK stock, shipped from Manchester.\u003c\/li\u003e\n  \u003cli\u003eEvery part tested before dispatch.\u003c\/li\u003e\n  \u003cli\u003e30-day returns.\u003c\/li\u003e\n  \u003cli\u003eTrusted by DIY repairers and independent repair shops.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\u003ch2\u003eFrequently asked questions\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eWhich iPhone Pro Max models does this gel case fit?\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eIt is listed for the iPhone 15 Pro Max, 14 Pro Max, 13 Pro Max and 12 Pro Max. It does not fit the smaller Pro, standard or Plus models.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eCan I charge wirelessly with the case on?\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eTake any card out of the slot first. A card between the phone and the charger can block wireless charging.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eHow many cards does the slot hold?\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eIt is designed for a card or two. Overfilling the slot can stretch the gel and stop cards staying in place.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eHow fast will it arrive?\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eOrders placed before 4pm, Monday to Friday, are dispatched the same day from Manchester.\u003c\/p\u003e","brand":"The Repair Plus","offers":[{"title":"Default Title","offer_id":49304057315655,"sku":"","price":4.49,"currency_code":"GBP","in_stock":true}],"thumbnail_url":"\/\/cdn.shopify.com\/s\/files\/1\/0809\/2545\/8759\/files\/9131240653127-white.jpg?v=1790791458"},{"product_id":"battery-adhesive-strips-for-apple-iphone-4-5-5s-5c-se-6-6s-7-8-e-tech61","title":"Battery Adhesive Strips For Apple iPhone","description":"\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eThe Repair Plus battery adhesive strips for Apple iPhone\u003c\/strong\u003e are pre-cut pull-tab strips for securing a replacement battery in the iPhone 4, 5, 5c, 5s, SE (1st generation), 6, 6s, 7 and 8. They stop a new battery moving inside the phone after a battery swap. Brand new and anti-static, they are shipped the same day from Manchester when you order before 4pm, Monday to Friday.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003ch2\u003eKey features\u003c\/h2\u003e\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003ePull-tab design:\u003c\/strong\u003e stretch-release tabs let you remove the battery cleanly next time without prying.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eAnti-static:\u003c\/strong\u003e safer to handle near the logic board and battery connector.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003ePre-cut to size:\u003c\/strong\u003e shaped for battery bays in the listed iPhone models, with no trimming needed.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eFirm hold:\u003c\/strong\u003e keeps the cell flat and secure so it does not rattle or press on other parts.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eWorkshop essential:\u003c\/strong\u003e a low-cost consumable that repair shops use on every battery job.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\u003ch2\u003eSpecifications\u003c\/h2\u003e\u003ctable\u003e\u003ctbody\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003ePart\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eBattery adhesive strips with pull tabs\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eCompatible models\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eiPhone 4, 5, 5c, 5s, SE (1st generation), 6, 6s, 7, 8\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eType\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eAnti-static, stretch-release\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eCondition\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eBrand new\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eQuality\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eOEM standard fit\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eDispatch\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eSame day before 4pm, Monday to Friday, from Manchester, UK\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eReturns\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e30 days\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003c\/tbody\u003e\u003c\/table\u003e\u003ch2\u003eCompatibility\u003c\/h2\u003e\u003cp\u003eSuitable for the \u003cstrong\u003eiPhone 4, iPhone 5, iPhone 5c, iPhone 5s, iPhone SE (1st generation), iPhone 6, iPhone 6s, iPhone 7 and iPhone 8\u003c\/strong\u003e. For the iPhone 6 Plus, 6s Plus, 7 Plus and 8 Plus, choose the Plus-size strips instead. Check your model in \u003cem\u003eSettings \u0026gt; General \u0026gt; About\u003c\/em\u003e, and match the strip shape to the marks left by the old adhesive in the battery bay.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003ch2\u003eHow to use battery adhesive strips\u003c\/h2\u003e\u003cp\u003eRemove every trace of old adhesive from the battery bay first. Peel the backing from one side of each strip and press it on to the back of the new battery, keeping the pull tab free and folded towards the bottom of the phone. Remove the second backing, line up the battery and press it down for a few seconds. To remove the battery later, pull each tab slowly at a low angle so the strip stretches and releases.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003ch2\u003eWhy buy from The Repair Plus\u003c\/h2\u003e\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eSame-day dispatch when you order before 4pm, Monday to Friday.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eUK stock, shipped from Manchester.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eEvery part tested before dispatch.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e30-day returns.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eTrusted by DIY repairers and independent repair shops.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\u003ch2\u003eFrequently asked questions\u003c\/h2\u003e\u003ch3\u003eDo I need new adhesive strips when I replace an iPhone battery?\u003c\/h3\u003e\u003cp\u003eYes. The old strips stretch and tear when the battery is removed and cannot be reused, so fresh strips are needed to hold the new cell in place.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003ch3\u003eWhich iPhone models are these strips for?\u003c\/h3\u003e\u003cp\u003eThey are for the iPhone 4, iPhone 5, iPhone 5c, iPhone 5s, iPhone SE (1st generation), iPhone 6, iPhone 6s, iPhone 7 and iPhone 8. For the iPhone 6 Plus, 6s Plus, 7 Plus and 8 Plus, choose the Plus-size strips instead.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003ch3\u003eWhat if the pull tab breaks while removing the old battery?\u003c\/h3\u003e\u003cp\u003eApply a few drops of isopropyl alcohol under the battery, wait a minute and lift gently with a plastic card. Do not bend or puncture the battery.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003ch3\u003eHow quickly will they arrive?\u003c\/h3\u003e\u003cp\u003eOrders placed before 4pm, Monday to Friday, are dispatched the same day from Manchester.\u003c\/p\u003e","brand":"The Repair Plus","offers":[{"title":"Default Title","offer_id":49628837347655,"sku":"","price":1.99,"currency_code":"GBP","in_stock":true}],"thumbnail_url":"\/\/cdn.shopify.com\/s\/files\/1\/0809\/2545\/8759\/files\/s-l1600_3_9d3311bf-b331-4869-b91b-bcec44cce546.webp?v=1717238745"},{"product_id":"battery-adhesive-strips-for-apple-iphone-buy","title":"Battery Adhesive Strips For Apple iPhone 1","description":"\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eThe Repair Plus battery adhesive strips for Apple iPhone\u003c\/strong\u003e hold a new battery firmly in place after a battery replacement on the iPhone 4, 5, 5c, 5s, SE (1st generation), 6, 6s, 7 and 8. The stretch-release pull tabs make the next battery change easy too. Brand new and anti-static, they are shipped the same day from Manchester when you order before 4pm, Monday to Friday.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003ch2\u003eKey features\u003c\/h2\u003e\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eAnti-static:\u003c\/strong\u003e safer to handle near the logic board and battery connector.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003ePre-cut to size:\u003c\/strong\u003e shaped for battery bays in the listed iPhone models, with no trimming needed.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eFirm hold:\u003c\/strong\u003e keeps the cell flat and secure so it does not rattle or press on other parts.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eWorkshop essential:\u003c\/strong\u003e a low-cost consumable that repair shops use on every battery job.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003ePull-tab design:\u003c\/strong\u003e stretch-release tabs let you remove the battery cleanly next time without prying.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\u003ch2\u003eSpecifications\u003c\/h2\u003e\u003ctable\u003e\u003ctbody\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003ePart\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eBattery adhesive strips with pull tabs\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eCompatible models\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eiPhone 4, 5, 5c, 5s, SE (1st generation), 6, 6s, 7, 8\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eType\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eAnti-static, stretch-release\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eCondition\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eBrand new\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eQuality\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eOEM standard fit\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eDispatch\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eSame day before 4pm, Monday to Friday, from Manchester, UK\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eReturns\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e30 days\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003c\/tbody\u003e\u003c\/table\u003e\u003ch2\u003eCompatibility\u003c\/h2\u003e\u003cp\u003eSuitable for the \u003cstrong\u003eiPhone 4, iPhone 5, iPhone 5c, iPhone 5s, iPhone SE (1st generation), iPhone 6, iPhone 6s, iPhone 7 and iPhone 8\u003c\/strong\u003e. For the iPhone 6 Plus, 6s Plus, 7 Plus and 8 Plus, choose the Plus-size strips instead. Check your model in \u003cem\u003eSettings \u0026gt; General \u0026gt; About\u003c\/em\u003e, and match the strip shape to the marks left by the old adhesive in the battery bay.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003ch2\u003eTips for a clean battery swap\u003c\/h2\u003e\u003cp\u003eAlways disconnect the battery before you start. When removing old strips, pull slowly and keep the tab low and flat; if one snaps, a few drops of isopropyl alcohol under the battery will soften the glue. Never lever against the cell. Apply the new strips to a clean, dry battery and keep the pull tabs accessible for the next repair.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003ch2\u003eWhy buy from The Repair Plus\u003c\/h2\u003e\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eOrder before 4pm, Monday to Friday, and it leaves the same day.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eHeld in UK stock and shipped from Manchester.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eEvery part is checked before dispatch.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e30-day returns for peace of mind.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eTrusted by DIY repairers and repair shops across the UK.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\u003ch2\u003eFrequently asked questions\u003c\/h2\u003e\u003ch3\u003eDo I need new adhesive strips when I replace an iPhone battery?\u003c\/h3\u003e\u003cp\u003eYes. The old strips stretch and tear when the battery is removed and cannot be reused, so fresh strips are needed to hold the new cell in place.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003ch3\u003eWhat if the pull tab breaks while removing the old battery?\u003c\/h3\u003e\u003cp\u003eApply a few drops of isopropyl alcohol under the battery, wait a minute and lift gently with a plastic card. Do not bend or puncture the battery.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003ch3\u003eWhich iPhone models are these strips for?\u003c\/h3\u003e\u003cp\u003eThey are for the iPhone 4, iPhone 5, iPhone 5c, iPhone 5s, iPhone SE (1st generation), iPhone 6, iPhone 6s, iPhone 7 and iPhone 8. For the iPhone 6 Plus, 6s Plus, 7 Plus and 8 Plus, choose the Plus-size strips instead.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003ch3\u003eHow quickly will they arrive?\u003c\/h3\u003e\u003cp\u003eOrders placed before 4pm, Monday to Friday, are dispatched the same day from Manchester.\u003c\/p\u003e","brand":"The Repair Plus","offers":[{"title":"Default Title","offer_id":49629225091399,"sku":null,"price":1.99,"currency_code":"GBP","in_stock":true}],"thumbnail_url":"\/\/cdn.shopify.com\/s\/files\/1\/0809\/2545\/8759\/files\/BBNi62ENPHR44Oq6.jpg?v=1717239036"},{"product_id":"for-apple-iphone-13-pro-max-replacement-light-sensor-flex-the-repair-plus","title":"For Apple iPhone 13 Pro Max Replacement Light Sensor Flex The Repair Plus","description":"\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eThe Repair Plus light sensor flex for iPhone 13 Pro Max\u003c\/strong\u003e is a replacement ambient light sensor flex for the iPhone 13 Pro Max. It fixes auto-brightness that no longer adjusts and a screen stuck too dim or too bright. Brand new, OEM standard fit and shipped the same day from Manchester when you order before 4pm, Monday to Friday.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003ch2\u003eKey features\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n  \u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eMade for iPhone 13 Pro Max:\u003c\/strong\u003e sized for the top sensor area of this model.\u003c\/li\u003e\n  \u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eRestores auto-brightness:\u003c\/strong\u003e lets the screen adjust to the light around you again.\u003c\/li\u003e\n  \u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eUseful after screen repairs:\u003c\/strong\u003e replaces a sensor flex torn while opening the phone.\u003c\/li\u003e\n  \u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eTested before dispatch:\u003c\/strong\u003e checked before it leaves Manchester.\u003c\/li\u003e\n  \u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eTrade and DIY:\u003c\/strong\u003e a handy spare for repair shops.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\n\u003ch2\u003eSpecifications\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003ctable\u003e\n  \u003ctbody\u003e\n    \u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003ePart\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eAmbient light sensor flex\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n    \u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eCompatible model\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eiPhone 13 Pro Max only\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n    \u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eCondition\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eBrand new\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n    \u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eQuality\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eOEM standard\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n    \u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eDispatch\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eSame day before 4pm, Monday to Friday, from Manchester, UK\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n    \u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eReturns\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e30 days\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n  \u003c\/tbody\u003e\n\u003c\/table\u003e\n\n\u003ch2\u003eCompatibility\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eFits the \u003cstrong\u003eiPhone 13 Pro Max\u003c\/strong\u003e only. It does not fit the iPhone 13 Pro or iPhone 13. Check your model in \u003cem\u003eSettings \u0026gt; General \u0026gt; About\u003c\/em\u003e before ordering.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003ch2\u003eBefore you fit a light sensor\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eOn recent iPhones some sensor functions are paired to the phone, so a replacement light sensor may not restore every feature, such as True Tone. Test auto-brightness and True Tone after fitting. Handle the flex gently: it is thin and tears easily when the screen is lifted.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003ch2\u003eWhy buy from The Repair Plus\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n  \u003cli\u003eSame-day dispatch when you order before 4pm, Monday to Friday.\u003c\/li\u003e\n  \u003cli\u003eUK stock, shipped from Manchester.\u003c\/li\u003e\n  \u003cli\u003eEvery part tested before dispatch.\u003c\/li\u003e\n  \u003cli\u003e30-day returns.\u003c\/li\u003e\n  \u003cli\u003eTrusted by DIY repairers and independent repair shops.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\n\u003ch2\u003eFrequently asked questions\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eWill this fit the iPhone 13 Pro?\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eNo. This part fits the iPhone 13 Pro Max only.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eWhy is my auto-brightness not working?\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eA damaged light sensor flex is a common cause, especially after a screen replacement. Check that Auto-Brightness is switched on in Accessibility settings first.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eWill True Tone work after fitting?\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eTrue Tone may not return with a replacement sensor, as some sensor data is paired to the phone. Auto-brightness is the main function this part restores.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eHow fast is delivery?\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eOrders before 4pm, Monday to Friday, ship the same day from Manchester.\u003c\/p\u003e","brand":"The Repair Plus","offers":[{"title":"Default Title","offer_id":49842987172167,"sku":"","price":9.99,"currency_code":"GBP","in_stock":true}],"thumbnail_url":"\/\/cdn.shopify.com\/s\/files\/1\/0809\/2545\/8759\/files\/9330351505735-white.jpg?v=1790791633"},{"product_id":"for-apple-iphone-13-pro-max-replacement-flash-light-sensor-flex-the-repair-plus","title":"For Apple iPhone 13 Pro Max Replacement Flash Light Sensor Flex The Repair Plus","description":"\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eThe Repair Plus flash light sensor flex for iPhone 13 Pro Max\u003c\/strong\u003e is a replacement rear flash flex for the iPhone 13 Pro Max. It fixes a flash or torch that will not light, flickers or is greyed out. Brand new, OEM standard fit and shipped the same day from Manchester when you order before 4pm, Monday to Friday.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003ch2\u003eKey features\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n  \u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eMade for iPhone 13 Pro Max:\u003c\/strong\u003e matches the 13 Pro Max rear camera area and connector.\u003c\/li\u003e\n  \u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eRestores flash and torch:\u003c\/strong\u003e brings back the LED used for photos, video light and the Control Centre torch.\u003c\/li\u003e\n  \u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eDirect replacement:\u003c\/strong\u003e swap the damaged flex without altering the phone.\u003c\/li\u003e\n  \u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eTested before dispatch:\u003c\/strong\u003e each part is checked before it leaves Manchester.\u003c\/li\u003e\n  \u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003ePopular trade part:\u003c\/strong\u003e a regular stock item for iPhone repair benches.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\n\u003ch2\u003eSpecifications\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003ctable\u003e\n  \u003ctbody\u003e\n    \u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003ePart\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eRear flash light sensor flex\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n    \u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eCompatible model\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eiPhone 13 Pro Max only\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n    \u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eCondition\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eBrand new\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n    \u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eQuality\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eOEM standard\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n    \u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eDispatch\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eSame day before 4pm, Monday to Friday, from Manchester, UK\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n    \u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eReturns\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e30 days\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n  \u003c\/tbody\u003e\n\u003c\/table\u003e\n\n\u003ch2\u003eCompatibility\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eFits the \u003cstrong\u003eiPhone 13 Pro Max\u003c\/strong\u003e only. It does not fit the iPhone 13 Pro or iPhone 13, which use different flash flexes. Check your model in \u003cem\u003eSettings \u0026gt; General \u0026gt; About\u003c\/em\u003e before ordering.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003ch2\u003eIs it the flash flex or the software?\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eBefore you order, restart the phone and try the torch from Control Centre. If the torch icon is greyed out, stays off after an update, or the camera warns that the flash is disabled, the flex is the likely cause. If the phone is very hot, the flash is disabled temporarily, so let it cool first.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003ch2\u003eWhy buy from The Repair Plus\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n  \u003cli\u003eSame-day dispatch when you order before 4pm, Monday to Friday.\u003c\/li\u003e\n  \u003cli\u003eUK stock, shipped from Manchester.\u003c\/li\u003e\n  \u003cli\u003eEvery part tested before dispatch.\u003c\/li\u003e\n  \u003cli\u003e30-day returns.\u003c\/li\u003e\n  \u003cli\u003eTrusted by DIY repairers and independent repair shops.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\n\u003ch2\u003eFrequently asked questions\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eWill this fit the iPhone 13 Pro?\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eNo. This part is made for the iPhone 13 Pro Max only.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eMy torch is greyed out. Will this fix it?\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eA greyed-out torch that stays that way after a restart and cooling down usually points to a faulty flash flex, which this part replaces.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eIs it hard to fit?\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eIt is a moderate repair. The screen must be removed and some brackets lifted, so use the right tools and take your time.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eHow quickly will it ship?\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eOrder before 4pm, Monday to Friday, and it leaves Manchester the same day.\u003c\/p\u003e","brand":"The Repair Plus","offers":[{"title":"Default Title","offer_id":49843006570823,"sku":"","price":6.99,"currency_code":"GBP","in_stock":true}],"thumbnail_url":"\/\/cdn.shopify.com\/s\/files\/1\/0809\/2545\/8759\/files\/9330355962183-white.jpg?v=1790791633"},{"product_id":"for-apple-iphone-13-pro-13-pro-max-replacement-sim-card-tray-graphite-the-repair-plus","title":"For Apple iPhone 13 Pro \/ 13 Pro Max Replacement Sim Card Tray (Graphite) The Repair Plus","description":"\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eThe Repair Plus iPhone 13 Pro \/ 13 Pro Max SIM card tray (Graphite)\u003c\/strong\u003e is the part you need when the SIM tray on your iPhone 13 Pro and iPhone 13 Pro Max is lost, snapped or will not sit flush. This brand new Graphite tray is made to OEM standard fit, holds a nano-SIM securely, and is shipped the same day from Manchester when you order before 4pm, Monday to Friday.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003ch2\u003eKey features\u003c\/h2\u003e\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eBrand new tray:\u003c\/strong\u003e no scuffs or bends, unlike a salvaged tray from a donor phone.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eFits iPhone 13 Pro \/ iPhone 13 Pro Max:\u003c\/strong\u003e OEM standard fit so the tray lines up with the frame and the ejector hole.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eGraphite colour:\u003c\/strong\u003e a straightforward match for Graphite handsets.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eKeeps the SIM steady:\u003c\/strong\u003e holds the card flat so the phone keeps a stable connection to your network.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eNo screwdriver needed:\u003c\/strong\u003e push it in by hand and remove it with an ejector pin.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\u003ch2\u003eSpecifications\u003c\/h2\u003e\u003ctable\u003e\u003ctbody\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003ePart\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eNano-SIM card tray\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eColour\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eGraphite\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eCompatible model(s)\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eiPhone 13 Pro and iPhone 13 Pro Max\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eCondition\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eBrand new\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eQuality\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eOEM standard fit\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eDispatch\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eSame day before 4pm, Monday to Friday, from Manchester, UK\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eReturns\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e30 days\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003c\/tbody\u003e\u003c\/table\u003e\u003ch2\u003eCompatibility: iPhone 13 Pro \/ 13 Pro Max SIM tray\u003c\/h2\u003e\u003cp\u003eThis tray fits both the \u003cstrong\u003eiPhone 13 Pro\u003c\/strong\u003e and the \u003cstrong\u003eiPhone 13 Pro Max\u003c\/strong\u003e. It does not fit the standard iPhone 13, the iPhone 13 mini or the iPhone 12 Pro range, which use their own trays. Check your model in \u003cem\u003eSettings \u0026gt; General \u0026gt; About\u003c\/em\u003e before ordering. The tray colour should also match your phone's frame colour.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003ch2\u003eHow to fit a replacement SIM tray\u003c\/h2\u003e\u003col\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eTurn the phone off.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003ePush a SIM ejector pin or straightened paper clip into the small hole on the tray and remove any broken tray.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003ePlace your nano-SIM in the new tray, lining up the cut corner with the tray.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eSlide the tray back in, face the same way as before, until it sits flush with the frame.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eTurn the phone on and check it shows your network.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ol\u003e\u003ch2\u003eWhy buy from The Repair Plus\u003c\/h2\u003e\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eSame-day dispatch when you order before 4pm, Monday to Friday.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eUK stock, shipped from Manchester.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eEvery part tested before dispatch.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e30-day returns.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eTrusted by DIY repairers and independent repair shops.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\u003ch2\u003eFrequently asked questions\u003c\/h2\u003e\u003ch3\u003eWill this tray fit my iPhone 13?\u003c\/h3\u003e\u003cp\u003eNo. The standard iPhone 13 uses a different tray to the 13 Pro and 13 Pro Max. Choose the iPhone 13 tray for that model.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003ch3\u003eDoes it come with a SIM card?\u003c\/h3\u003e\u003cp\u003eNo. This is the tray only. Move your existing nano-SIM card from the old tray, or ask your network for a replacement SIM if it was lost with the tray.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003ch3\u003eIs the Graphite exactly the same shade as my phone?\u003c\/h3\u003e\u003cp\u003eIt is made to match Graphite iPhone 13 Pro handsets closely. Small differences in shade are possible between batches and against an older, worn frame.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003ch3\u003eHow fast will it arrive?\u003c\/h3\u003e\u003cp\u003eOrders placed before 4pm, Monday to Friday, are dispatched the same day from Manchester.\u003c\/p\u003e","brand":"The Repair Plus","offers":[{"title":"Default Title","offer_id":49843016270151,"sku":"","price":1.99,"currency_code":"GBP","in_stock":true}],"thumbnail_url":"\/\/cdn.shopify.com\/s\/files\/1\/0809\/2545\/8759\/files\/9330358157639-white.jpg?v=1790791634"},{"product_id":"for-apple-iphone-13-pro-13-pro-max-replacement-sim-card-tray-sierra-blue-the-repair-plus","title":"For Apple iPhone 13 Pro \/ 13 Pro Max Replacement Sim Card Tray (Sierra Blue) The Repair Plus","description":"\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eThe Repair Plus iPhone 13 Pro \/ 13 Pro Max SIM card tray (Sierra Blue)\u003c\/strong\u003e is a brand new replacement nano-SIM card tray for iPhone 13 Pro and iPhone 13 Pro Max, in Sierra Blue. It fixes a lost, bent, snapped or missing tray so your SIM card sits securely and the side of your phone is sealed and tidy again. Made to OEM standard fit and shipped the same day from Manchester when you order before 4pm, Monday to Friday.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003ch2\u003eKey features\u003c\/h2\u003e\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eMade for iPhone 13 Pro \/ iPhone 13 Pro Max:\u003c\/strong\u003e shaped to sit flush in the iPhone 13 Pro \/ iPhone 13 Pro Max frame with OEM standard fit.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eSierra Blue finish:\u003c\/strong\u003e chosen to match a Sierra Blue phone, so the repair does not stand out.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eHolds a nano-SIM securely:\u003c\/strong\u003e keeps the card aligned with the SIM reader pins so the phone detects it.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eSimple to fit:\u003c\/strong\u003e slides in by hand with no tools beyond a SIM ejector pin.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eTested before dispatch:\u003c\/strong\u003e every tray is checked for shape and fit before it leaves us.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\u003ch2\u003eSpecifications\u003c\/h2\u003e\u003ctable\u003e\u003ctbody\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003ePart\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eNano-SIM card tray\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eColour\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eSierra Blue\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eCompatible model(s)\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eiPhone 13 Pro and iPhone 13 Pro Max\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eCondition\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eBrand new\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eQuality\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eOEM standard fit\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eDispatch\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eSame day before 4pm, Monday to Friday, from Manchester, UK\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eReturns\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e30 days\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003c\/tbody\u003e\u003c\/table\u003e\u003ch2\u003eCompatibility: iPhone 13 Pro \/ 13 Pro Max SIM tray\u003c\/h2\u003e\u003cp\u003eThis tray fits both the \u003cstrong\u003eiPhone 13 Pro\u003c\/strong\u003e and the \u003cstrong\u003eiPhone 13 Pro Max\u003c\/strong\u003e. It does not fit the standard iPhone 13, the iPhone 13 mini or the iPhone 12 Pro range, which use their own trays. Check your model in \u003cem\u003eSettings \u0026gt; General \u0026gt; About\u003c\/em\u003e before ordering. The tray colour should also match your phone's frame colour.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003ch2\u003eFitting tips\u003c\/h2\u003e\u003cp\u003eAlways fit the SIM card into the tray first, then slide the tray in gently. Never force it: if it will not go in, check the SIM is sitting flat and the tray is the right way round. Keep an ejector pin handy so you can remove the tray without scratching the frame.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003ch2\u003eWhy buy from The Repair Plus\u003c\/h2\u003e\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eSame-day dispatch when you order before 4pm, Monday to Friday.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eUK stock, shipped from Manchester.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eEvery part tested before dispatch.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e30-day returns.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eTrusted by DIY repairers and independent repair shops.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\u003ch2\u003eFrequently asked questions\u003c\/h2\u003e\u003ch3\u003eWill this tray fit my iPhone 13?\u003c\/h3\u003e\u003cp\u003eNo. The standard iPhone 13 uses a different tray to the 13 Pro and 13 Pro Max. Choose the iPhone 13 tray for that model.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003ch3\u003eDoes it come with a SIM card?\u003c\/h3\u003e\u003cp\u003eNo. This is the tray only. Move your existing nano-SIM card from the old tray, or ask your network for a replacement SIM if it was lost with the tray.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003ch3\u003eIs the Sierra Blue exactly the same shade as my phone?\u003c\/h3\u003e\u003cp\u003eIt is made to match Sierra Blue iPhone 13 Pro handsets closely. Small differences in shade are possible between batches and against an older, worn frame.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003ch3\u003eHow fast will it arrive?\u003c\/h3\u003e\u003cp\u003eOrders placed before 4pm, Monday to Friday, are dispatched the same day from Manchester.\u003c\/p\u003e","brand":"The Repair Plus","offers":[{"title":"Default Title","offer_id":49843028853063,"sku":"","price":1.99,"currency_code":"GBP","in_stock":true}],"thumbnail_url":"\/\/cdn.shopify.com\/s\/files\/1\/0809\/2545\/8759\/files\/9330359959879-white.jpg?v=1790791634"},{"product_id":"for-apple-iphone-13-pro-13-pro-max-replacement-sim-card-tray-gold-the-repair-plus","title":"For Apple iPhone 13 Pro \/ 13 Pro Max Replacement Sim Card Tray (Gold) The Repair Plus","description":"\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eThe Repair Plus iPhone 13 Pro \/ 13 Pro Max SIM card tray (Gold)\u003c\/strong\u003e is a gold nano-SIM tray for iPhone 13 Pro and iPhone 13 Pro Max that restores a phone with a lost, damaged or loose tray. Brand new and made to OEM standard fit, it seats your SIM card correctly and closes the gap in the frame. Shipped the same day from Manchester when you order before 4pm, Monday to Friday.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003ch2\u003eKey features\u003c\/h2\u003e\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eExact fit for iPhone 13 Pro \/ iPhone 13 Pro Max:\u003c\/strong\u003e made to OEM standard dimensions for this model, so it clicks in and sits level.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eColour-matched in Gold:\u003c\/strong\u003e keeps the side of your phone looking uniform after the repair.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eSecure SIM seating:\u003c\/strong\u003e the recess holds a nano-SIM in the correct position for the reader.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eQuick DIY repair:\u003c\/strong\u003e swapping the tray takes seconds and needs no opening of the phone.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eTrade friendly:\u003c\/strong\u003e a handy stock part for repair shops refurbishing phones for resale.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\u003ch2\u003eSpecifications\u003c\/h2\u003e\u003ctable\u003e\u003ctbody\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003ePart\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eNano-SIM card tray\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eColour\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eGold\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eCompatible model(s)\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eiPhone 13 Pro and iPhone 13 Pro Max\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eCondition\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eBrand new\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eQuality\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eOEM standard fit\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eDispatch\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eSame day before 4pm, Monday to Friday, from Manchester, UK\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eReturns\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e30 days\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003c\/tbody\u003e\u003c\/table\u003e\u003ch2\u003eCompatibility: iPhone 13 Pro \/ 13 Pro Max SIM tray\u003c\/h2\u003e\u003cp\u003eThis tray fits both the \u003cstrong\u003eiPhone 13 Pro\u003c\/strong\u003e and the \u003cstrong\u003eiPhone 13 Pro Max\u003c\/strong\u003e. It does not fit the standard iPhone 13, the iPhone 13 mini or the iPhone 12 Pro range, which use their own trays. Check your model in \u003cem\u003eSettings \u0026gt; General \u0026gt; About\u003c\/em\u003e before ordering. The tray colour should also match your phone's frame colour.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003ch2\u003eFitting tips\u003c\/h2\u003e\u003cp\u003eAlways fit the SIM card into the tray first, then slide the tray in gently. Never force it: if it will not go in, check the SIM is sitting flat and the tray is the right way round. Keep an ejector pin handy so you can remove the tray without scratching the frame.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003ch2\u003eWhy buy from The Repair Plus\u003c\/h2\u003e\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eOrder before 4pm, Monday to Friday, and it ships the same day.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eHeld in UK stock and sent from Manchester.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eEach part is tested before dispatch.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e30-day returns for peace of mind.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eUsed by DIY repairers and repair shops across the UK.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\u003ch2\u003eFrequently asked questions\u003c\/h2\u003e\u003ch3\u003eWill this tray fit my iPhone 13?\u003c\/h3\u003e\u003cp\u003eNo. The standard iPhone 13 uses a different tray to the 13 Pro and 13 Pro Max. Choose the iPhone 13 tray for that model.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003ch3\u003eDoes it come with a SIM card?\u003c\/h3\u003e\u003cp\u003eNo. This is the tray only. Move your existing nano-SIM card from the old tray, or ask your network for a replacement SIM if it was lost with the tray.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003ch3\u003eDo I need to open the phone to fit it?\u003c\/h3\u003e\u003cp\u003eProfessional installation is recommended. Screens and small parts are delicate, so we recommend having this part fitted by a qualified repair technician. Damage caused during fitting is not a product fault.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003ch3\u003eIs the Gold exactly the same shade as my phone?\u003c\/h3\u003e\u003cp\u003eIt is made to match Gold iPhone 13 Pro handsets closely. Small differences in shade are possible between batches and against an older, worn frame.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003ch3\u003eHow fast will it arrive?\u003c\/h3\u003e\u003cp\u003eOrders placed before 4pm, Monday to Friday, are dispatched the same day from Manchester.\u003c\/p\u003e","brand":"The Repair Plus","offers":[{"title":"Default Title","offer_id":49843044647239,"sku":"","price":2.49,"currency_code":"GBP","in_stock":true}],"thumbnail_url":"\/\/cdn.shopify.com\/s\/files\/1\/0809\/2545\/8759\/files\/9330362057031-white.jpg?v=1790791634"},{"product_id":"for-apple-iphone-13-pro-13-pro-max-replacement-sim-card-tray-silver-the-repair-plus","title":"For Apple iPhone 13 Pro \/ 13 Pro Max Replacement Sim Card Tray (Silver) The Repair Plus","description":"\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eThe Repair Plus iPhone 13 Pro \/ 13 Pro Max SIM card tray (Silver)\u003c\/strong\u003e replaces a missing, cracked or bent SIM tray on the iPhone 13 Pro and iPhone 13 Pro Max. This silver tray is brand new, made to OEM standard fit, and holds your nano-SIM firmly so the phone reads it reliably and the frame looks complete. It is shipped the same day from Manchester when you order before 4pm, Monday to Friday.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003ch2\u003eKey features\u003c\/h2\u003e\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eExact fit for iPhone 13 Pro \/ iPhone 13 Pro Max:\u003c\/strong\u003e made to OEM standard dimensions for this model, so it clicks in and sits level.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eColour-matched in Silver:\u003c\/strong\u003e keeps the side of your phone looking uniform after the repair.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eSecure SIM seating:\u003c\/strong\u003e the recess holds a nano-SIM in the correct position for the reader.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eQuick DIY repair:\u003c\/strong\u003e swapping the tray takes seconds and needs no opening of the phone.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eTrade friendly:\u003c\/strong\u003e a handy stock part for repair shops refurbishing phones for resale.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\u003ch2\u003eSpecifications\u003c\/h2\u003e\u003ctable\u003e\u003ctbody\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003ePart\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eNano-SIM card tray\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eColour\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eSilver\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eCompatible model(s)\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eiPhone 13 Pro and iPhone 13 Pro Max\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eCondition\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eBrand new\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eQuality\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eOEM standard fit\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eDispatch\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eSame day before 4pm, Monday to Friday, from Manchester, UK\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eReturns\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e30 days\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003c\/tbody\u003e\u003c\/table\u003e\u003ch2\u003eCompatibility: iPhone 13 Pro \/ 13 Pro Max SIM tray\u003c\/h2\u003e\u003cp\u003eThis tray fits both the \u003cstrong\u003eiPhone 13 Pro\u003c\/strong\u003e and the \u003cstrong\u003eiPhone 13 Pro Max\u003c\/strong\u003e. It does not fit the standard iPhone 13, the iPhone 13 mini or the iPhone 12 Pro range, which use their own trays. Check your model in \u003cem\u003eSettings \u0026gt; General \u0026gt; About\u003c\/em\u003e before ordering. The tray colour should also match your phone's frame colour.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003ch2\u003eHow to fit a replacement SIM tray\u003c\/h2\u003e\u003col\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eTurn the phone off.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003ePush a SIM ejector pin or straightened paper clip into the small hole on the tray and remove any broken tray.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003ePlace your nano-SIM in the new tray, lining up the cut corner with the tray.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eSlide the tray back in, face the same way as before, until it sits flush with the frame.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eTurn the phone on and check it shows your network.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ol\u003e\u003ch2\u003eWhy buy from The Repair Plus\u003c\/h2\u003e\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eOrder before 4pm, Monday to Friday, and it ships the same day.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eHeld in UK stock and sent from Manchester.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eEach part is tested before dispatch.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e30-day returns for peace of mind.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eUsed by DIY repairers and repair shops across the UK.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\u003ch2\u003eFrequently asked questions\u003c\/h2\u003e\u003ch3\u003eWill this tray fit my iPhone 13?\u003c\/h3\u003e\u003cp\u003eNo. The standard iPhone 13 uses a different tray to the 13 Pro and 13 Pro Max. Choose the iPhone 13 tray for that model.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003ch3\u003eDoes it come with a SIM card?\u003c\/h3\u003e\u003cp\u003eNo. This is the tray only. Move your existing nano-SIM card from the old tray, or ask your network for a replacement SIM if it was lost with the tray.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003ch3\u003eIs the Silver exactly the same shade as my phone?\u003c\/h3\u003e\u003cp\u003eIt is made to match Silver iPhone 13 Pro handsets closely. Small differences in shade are possible between batches and against an older, worn frame.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003ch3\u003eHow fast will it arrive?\u003c\/h3\u003e\u003cp\u003eOrders placed before 4pm, Monday to Friday, are dispatched the same day from Manchester.\u003c\/p\u003e","brand":"The Repair Plus","offers":[{"title":"Default Title","offer_id":49843068764487,"sku":"","price":1.99,"currency_code":"GBP","in_stock":true}],"thumbnail_url":"\/\/cdn.shopify.com\/s\/files\/1\/0809\/2545\/8759\/files\/9330370806087-white.jpg?v=1790791634"},{"product_id":"for-apple-iphone-13-pro-13-pro-max-replacement-camera-lens-glass-only-the-repair-plus","title":"For Apple iPhone 13 Pro \/ 13 Pro Max Replacement Camera Lens Glass only The Repair Plus","description":"\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eThe Repair Plus rear camera lens glass for iPhone 13 Pro and 13 Pro Max\u003c\/strong\u003e is brand new, OEM standard rear camera lens glass for the iPhone 13 Pro and 13 Pro Max. It fixes cracked lens covers that cause hazy photos. It is shipped the same day from Manchester when you order before 4pm, Monday to Friday.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003ch2\u003eKey features\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n  \u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eGlass only:\u003c\/strong\u003e replaces the outer lens covers, not the camera modules underneath, keeping the repair low cost.\u003c\/li\u003e\n  \u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eFits both Pro models:\u003c\/strong\u003e the iPhone 13 Pro and 13 Pro Max share the same camera bump layout.\u003c\/li\u003e\n  \u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eClears hazy photos:\u003c\/strong\u003e removes the cracks and chips that scatter light across your pictures.\u003c\/li\u003e\n  \u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eSeals the camera:\u003c\/strong\u003e a fresh lens stops dust and grit getting onto the camera sensors.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\n\u003ch2\u003eSpecifications\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003ctable\u003e\n  \u003ctbody\u003e\n    \u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003ePart\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eRear camera lens glass (glass only)\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n    \u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eCompatible models\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eiPhone 13 Pro, iPhone 13 Pro Max\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n    \u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eCondition\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eBrand new\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n    \u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eQuality\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eOEM standard\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n    \u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eDispatch\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eSame day before 4pm, Monday to Friday, from Manchester, UK\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n    \u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eReturns\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e30 days\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n  \u003c\/tbody\u003e\n\u003c\/table\u003e\n\n\u003ch2\u003eCompatibility\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eFits the \u003cstrong\u003eiPhone 13 Pro\u003c\/strong\u003e and \u003cstrong\u003eiPhone 13 Pro Max\u003c\/strong\u003e. It does not fit the iPhone 13 or iPhone 13 mini, which have a two-lens layout. Check your model in \u003cem\u003eSettings \u0026gt; General \u0026gt; About\u003c\/em\u003e.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003ch2\u003eHow to fit camera lens glass\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eGently warm the camera bump, then lift the broken glass out with a thin blade, working slowly so fragments do not fall onto the camera below. Clean away old adhesive and debris, then press the new lens into place. Wear eye protection and keep the phone face down while you work. If your replacement lens does not include adhesive, use a thin layer of suitable adhesive such as B7000 or double-sided tape.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003ch2\u003eWhy buy from The Repair Plus\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n  \u003cli\u003eSame-day dispatch when you order before 4pm, Monday to Friday.\u003c\/li\u003e\n  \u003cli\u003eUK stock, shipped from Manchester.\u003c\/li\u003e\n  \u003cli\u003eEvery part tested before dispatch.\u003c\/li\u003e\n  \u003cli\u003e30-day returns.\u003c\/li\u003e\n  \u003cli\u003eTrusted by DIY repairers and independent repair shops.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\n\u003ch2\u003eFrequently asked questions\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eDo I need to open the phone to fit this?\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eProfessional installation is recommended. Screens and small parts are delicate, so we recommend having this part fitted by a qualified repair technician. Damage caused during fitting is not a product fault.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eWill this fix blurry photos?\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eIt fixes blur caused by cracked lens glass. If the camera cannot focus at all or the preview is black, the camera module needs replacing instead.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eDoes it fit the iPhone 13?\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eNo. It fits the iPhone 13 Pro and 13 Pro Max only.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eHow quickly will it arrive?\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eOrders placed before 4pm, Monday to Friday, are dispatched the same day from our Manchester stock, so most UK customers receive them within a few working days.\u003c\/p\u003e","brand":"The Repair Plus","offers":[{"title":"Default Title","offer_id":49843082953031,"sku":"","price":1.99,"currency_code":"GBP","in_stock":true}],"thumbnail_url":"\/\/cdn.shopify.com\/s\/files\/1\/0809\/2545\/8759\/files\/9330373689671-white.jpg?v=1790791690"},{"product_id":"for-apple-iphone-13-pro-max-replacement-back-glass-alpine-green-the-repair-plus","title":"For Apple iPhone 13 Pro Max Replacement Back Glass (Alpine Green) The Repair Plus","description":"\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eThe Repair Plus back glass for iPhone 13 Pro Max (Alpine Green)\u003c\/strong\u003e replaces cracked or scuffed rear glass on the iPhone 13 Pro Max with a brand new panel in an Alpine Green finish. Cut to OEM standard, it is checked before it leaves us and shipped the same day from Manchester when you order before 4pm, Monday to Friday.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003ch2\u003eKey features\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n  \u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eExact fit for the iPhone 13 Pro Max:\u003c\/strong\u003e made to OEM standard dimensions for this model only.\u003c\/li\u003e\n  \u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eColour matched:\u003c\/strong\u003e an Alpine Green finish to keep your phone looking as it should.\u003c\/li\u003e\n  \u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eRestores the rear seal:\u003c\/strong\u003e closes up cracks that let dust and grit into the phone.\u003c\/li\u003e\n  \u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eGreat for resale:\u003c\/strong\u003e a fresh back makes a used iPhone 13 Pro Max far easier to sell or trade in.\u003c\/li\u003e\n  \u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eTrade friendly:\u003c\/strong\u003e a dependable stock part for repair shops handling back glass jobs.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\n\u003ch2\u003eSpecifications\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003ctable\u003e\n  \u003ctbody\u003e\n    \u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003ePart\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eRear back glass panel\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n    \u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eColour\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eAlpine Green\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n    \u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eCompatible model\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eiPhone 13 Pro Max only\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n    \u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eCondition\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eBrand new\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n    \u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eQuality\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eOEM standard\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n    \u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eDispatch\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eSame day before 4pm, Monday to Friday, from Manchester, UK\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n    \u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eReturns\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e30 days\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n  \u003c\/tbody\u003e\n\u003c\/table\u003e\n\n\u003ch2\u003eiPhone 13 Pro Max back glass compatibility\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eFits the \u003cstrong\u003eiPhone 13 Pro Max\u003c\/strong\u003e only. It does not fit the iPhone 13, iPhone 13 Pro, iPhone 12 Pro Max or iPhone 14 Pro Max. The iPhone 12 Pro Max has a smaller camera module, and the iPhone 13 Pro is a smaller phone, so neither is a match for this panel. Check your model in \u003cem\u003eSettings \u0026gt; General \u0026gt; About\u003c\/em\u003e, or look up the model number shown there, before ordering.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003ch2\u003eWhat else do you need for this repair?\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eRemoving old back glass on the iPhone 13 Pro Max is the hard part. You will need a way to lift the cracked glass (a laser machine or heat and careful scraping), a clean frame, and a strong adhesive or back glass tape to bond the new panel. Wear eye protection, as small glass fragments can come away. If the camera lens covers are also cracked, replace them at the same time.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003ch2\u003eWhy buy from The Repair Plus\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n  \u003cli\u003eSame-day dispatch when you order before 4pm, Monday to Friday.\u003c\/li\u003e\n  \u003cli\u003eUK stock, shipped from Manchester.\u003c\/li\u003e\n  \u003cli\u003eEvery part tested before dispatch.\u003c\/li\u003e\n  \u003cli\u003e30-day returns.\u003c\/li\u003e\n  \u003cli\u003eTrusted by DIY repairers and independent repair shops.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\n\u003ch2\u003eFrequently asked questions\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eDoes this back glass fit the iPhone 13 Pro Max?\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eYes. It is made for the iPhone 13 Pro Max only. Check your model in Settings \u0026gt; General \u0026gt; About before ordering.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eIs this the same as the iPhone 12 Pro Max back glass?\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eNo. The iPhone 13 Pro Max has a larger camera bump, so the camera opening is bigger. The two panels are not interchangeable.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eIs fitting the back glass difficult?\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eIt is one of the trickier repairs because the old glass is glued to the frame. With a laser machine it is quick; by hand with heat it takes patience. Clean the frame fully before bonding the new panel.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eWhen is my order sent?\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eOrders placed before 4pm on a weekday are shipped the same day from Manchester, UK.\u003c\/p\u003e","brand":"The Repair Plus","offers":[{"title":"Default Title","offer_id":49843090096455,"sku":"","price":6.99,"currency_code":"GBP","in_stock":true}],"thumbnail_url":"\/\/cdn.shopify.com\/s\/files\/1\/0809\/2545\/8759\/files\/9330376409415-white.jpg?v=1790791690"},{"product_id":"for-apple-iphone-13-pro-max-replacement-back-glass-gold-the-repair-plus","title":"For Apple iPhone 13 Pro Max Replacement Back Glass (Gold) The Repair Plus","description":"\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eThe Repair Plus back glass for iPhone 13 Pro Max (Gold)\u003c\/strong\u003e is a brand new gold back panel made to OEM standard for the iPhone 13 Pro Max. It repairs a cracked rear glass without changing the whole housing, and is shipped the same day from Manchester when you order before 4pm, Monday to Friday.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003ch2\u003eKey features\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n  \u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eBrand new panel:\u003c\/strong\u003e clean glass in a gold finish, ready to fit.\u003c\/li\u003e\n  \u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eCorrect camera opening:\u003c\/strong\u003e positioned for the iPhone 13 Pro Max camera module, so nothing is blocked.\u003c\/li\u003e\n  \u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eOEM standard fit:\u003c\/strong\u003e sits flush with the frame when bonded correctly.\u003c\/li\u003e\n  \u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eStops sharp edges:\u003c\/strong\u003e removes cracked glass that can cut fingers or snag pockets.\u003c\/li\u003e\n  \u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eInspected before dispatch:\u003c\/strong\u003e each piece is checked for chips and marks before it ships.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\n\u003ch2\u003eSpecifications\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003ctable\u003e\n  \u003ctbody\u003e\n    \u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003ePart\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eRear back glass panel\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n    \u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eColour\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eGold\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n    \u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eCompatible model\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eiPhone 13 Pro Max only\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n    \u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eCondition\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eBrand new\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n    \u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eQuality\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eOEM standard\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n    \u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eDispatch\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eSame day before 4pm, Monday to Friday, from Manchester, UK\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n    \u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eReturns\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e30 days\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n  \u003c\/tbody\u003e\n\u003c\/table\u003e\n\n\u003ch2\u003eiPhone 13 Pro Max back glass compatibility\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eFits the \u003cstrong\u003eiPhone 13 Pro Max\u003c\/strong\u003e only. It does not fit the iPhone 13, iPhone 13 Pro, iPhone 12 Pro Max or iPhone 14 Pro Max. The iPhone 12 Pro Max has a smaller camera module, and the iPhone 13 Pro is a smaller phone, so neither is a match for this panel. Check your model in \u003cem\u003eSettings \u0026gt; General \u0026gt; About\u003c\/em\u003e, or look up the model number shown there, before ordering.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003ch2\u003eBefore you start the repair\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cp\u003ePower the iPhone 13 Pro Max off and protect the camera area. Bonded rear glass must be removed fully and the frame cleaned of old glue and fragments, otherwise the new panel will not sit flat. Most shops use a laser machine to separate the glass. Bond the new panel with an adhesive made for phone glass and clamp it gently while it sets.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003ch2\u003eWhy buy from The Repair Plus\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n  \u003cli\u003eSame-day dispatch when you order before 4pm, Monday to Friday.\u003c\/li\u003e\n  \u003cli\u003eUK stock, shipped from Manchester.\u003c\/li\u003e\n  \u003cli\u003eEvery part tested before dispatch.\u003c\/li\u003e\n  \u003cli\u003e30-day returns.\u003c\/li\u003e\n  \u003cli\u003eTrusted by DIY repairers and independent repair shops.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\n\u003ch2\u003eFrequently asked questions\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eWhich iPhone models does this fit?\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eIt fits the iPhone 13 Pro Max only. Other models in the range have different sizes or camera layouts.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eIs this the same as the iPhone 12 Pro Max back glass?\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eNo. The iPhone 13 Pro Max has a larger camera bump, so the camera opening is bigger. The two panels are not interchangeable.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eDo I need special tools to replace the back glass?\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eA laser separation machine makes the job much easier, but many repairers use heat, a scraper and plenty of care. You will also need adhesive to bond the new iPhone 13 Pro Max back glass in place.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eWill wireless charging still work?\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eRear glass is non-metallic, so wireless charging passes through it. As long as the charging coil is not damaged during removal, charging works as before.\u003c\/p\u003e","brand":"The Repair Plus","offers":[{"title":"Default Title","offer_id":49843108315463,"sku":"","price":6.99,"currency_code":"GBP","in_stock":true}],"thumbnail_url":"\/\/cdn.shopify.com\/s\/files\/1\/0809\/2545\/8759\/files\/9330389680455-white.jpg?v=1790791690"},{"product_id":"for-apple-iphone-13-pro-max-replacement-back-glass-sierra-blue-the-repair-plus","title":"For Apple iPhone 13 Pro Max Replacement Back Glass (Sierra Blue) The Repair Plus","description":"\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eThe Repair Plus iPhone 13 Pro Max Replacement Back Glass (Sierra Blue)\u003c\/strong\u003e is a replacement rear glass panel in Sierra Blue for the Apple iPhone 13 Pro Max for fixing a cracked, shattered or scratched back. It is brand new, made to OEM standard fit, tested before dispatch and shipped the same day from Manchester when you order before 4pm, Monday to Friday.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch2\u003eKey features\u003c\/h2\u003e\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eColour-matched finish:\u003c\/strong\u003e the Sierra Blue finish is made to suit the iPhone 13 Pro Max, so the back of your phone looks tidy again after the repair.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eMade for the iPhone 13 Pro Max only:\u003c\/strong\u003e the panel shape and triple-camera cut-out follow OEM standard dimensions for this model.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eGlass panel only:\u003c\/strong\u003e a straightforward replacement for the rear glass, ideal when the frame, cameras and internals are undamaged.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eTested before dispatch:\u003c\/strong\u003e each panel is checked for cracks, chips and finish defects before it is packed.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eTrade friendly:\u003c\/strong\u003e suits DIY repairers and repair shops refurbishing phones for resale.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\u003ch2\u003eSpecifications\u003c\/h2\u003e\u003ctable\u003e\u003ctbody\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003ePart\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eRear back glass panel\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eColour\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eSierra Blue\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eCompatible model\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eApple iPhone 13 Pro Max only\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eCondition\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eBrand new\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eQuality\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eOEM standard fit\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eDispatch\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eSame day before 4pm, Monday to Friday, from Manchester, UK\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eReturns\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e30 days\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003c\/tbody\u003e\u003c\/table\u003e\n\u003ch2\u003eiPhone 13 Pro Max back glass compatibility\u003c\/h2\u003e\u003cp\u003eThis back glass fits the \u003cstrong\u003eApple iPhone 13 Pro Max\u003c\/strong\u003e only. It does not fit the iPhone 13 Pro, iPhone 13 or iPhone 13 mini, which have different body sizes and camera layouts. To confirm your model, open \u003cem\u003eSettings \u0026gt; General \u0026gt; About\u003c\/em\u003e and check the model name before ordering.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch2\u003eHow to fit replacement back glass\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eOn the iPhone 13 Pro Max the rear glass is bonded firmly to the frame. Most repair shops remove the broken glass with a laser back glass machine, then clean off old adhesive and glass fragments before fitting the new panel with fresh adhesive. Take care around the wireless charging coil and camera area, and clamp the panel while the adhesive cures.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch2\u003eWhy buy from The Repair Plus\u003c\/h2\u003e\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eSame-day dispatch when you order before 4pm, Monday to Friday.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eUK stock, shipped from Manchester.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eEvery part tested before dispatch.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e30-day returns.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eTrusted by DIY repairers and independent repair shops.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\u003ch2\u003eFrequently asked questions\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eWill this back glass fit my iPhone 13 Pro?\u003c\/h3\u003e\u003cp\u003eNo. The iPhone 13 Pro Max is a larger phone than the iPhone 13 Pro, so the panel and camera cut-out are different sizes.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eIs this iPhone 13 Pro Max back glass the same colour as my phone?\u003c\/h3\u003e\u003cp\u003eIt is supplied in Sierra Blue to suit the iPhone 13 Pro Max. Choose the colour that matches your phone's frame, as shades can look slightly different under different lighting.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eDoes it include the camera lens?\u003c\/h3\u003e\u003cp\u003eThis listing is for the back glass panel. If the camera lens cover is also cracked, order a camera lens replacement separately.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eWill wireless charging still work?\u003c\/h3\u003e\u003cp\u003eYes, as long as the wireless charging coil under the glass is not damaged during removal. The coil is separate from the glass panel.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eHow fast will it arrive?\u003c\/h3\u003e\u003cp\u003eOrders placed before 4pm, Monday to Friday, are dispatched the same day from Manchester.\u003c\/p\u003e","brand":"The Repair Plus","offers":[{"title":"Default Title","offer_id":49843133677895,"sku":"","price":6.99,"currency_code":"GBP","in_stock":true}],"thumbnail_url":"\/\/cdn.shopify.com\/s\/files\/1\/0809\/2545\/8759\/files\/9330398527815-white.jpg?v=1790791691"},{"product_id":"for-apple-iphone-13-pro-max-replacement-back-glass-graphite-the-repair-plus","title":"For Apple iPhone 13 Pro Max Replacement Back Glass (Graphite) The Repair Plus","description":"\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eThe Repair Plus back glass for iPhone 13 Pro Max (Graphite)\u003c\/strong\u003e is a brand new replacement rear glass panel in a Graphite finish for fixing a cracked or shattered back on the iPhone 13 Pro Max. Made to OEM standard, it is tested before dispatch and shipped the same day from Manchester when you order before 4pm, Monday to Friday.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003ch2\u003eKey features\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n  \u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eModel-specific cut:\u003c\/strong\u003e shaped for the iPhone 13 Pro Max rear camera layout and body size.\u003c\/li\u003e\n  \u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eGraphite colour:\u003c\/strong\u003e chosen to match a Graphite iPhone 13 Pro Max, so the repaired phone looks consistent.\u003c\/li\u003e\n  \u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eBrand new glass:\u003c\/strong\u003e not refurbished or reclaimed, with no scratches or chips out of the packet.\u003c\/li\u003e\n  \u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eFixes cosmetic damage:\u003c\/strong\u003e ideal for phones that work perfectly but have a cracked or splintered back.\u003c\/li\u003e\n  \u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eChecked before dispatch:\u003c\/strong\u003e every panel is inspected before it is packed.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\n\u003ch2\u003eSpecifications\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003ctable\u003e\n  \u003ctbody\u003e\n    \u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003ePart\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eRear back glass panel\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n    \u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eColour\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eGraphite\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n    \u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eCompatible model\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eiPhone 13 Pro Max only\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n    \u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eCondition\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eBrand new\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n    \u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eQuality\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eOEM standard\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n    \u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eDispatch\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eSame day before 4pm, Monday to Friday, from Manchester, UK\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n    \u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eReturns\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e30 days\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n  \u003c\/tbody\u003e\n\u003c\/table\u003e\n\n\u003ch2\u003eiPhone 13 Pro Max back glass compatibility\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eFits the \u003cstrong\u003eiPhone 13 Pro Max\u003c\/strong\u003e only. It does not fit the iPhone 13, iPhone 13 Pro, iPhone 12 Pro Max or iPhone 14 Pro Max. The iPhone 12 Pro Max has a smaller camera module, and the iPhone 13 Pro is a smaller phone, so neither is a match for this panel. Check your model in \u003cem\u003eSettings \u0026gt; General \u0026gt; About\u003c\/em\u003e, or look up the model number shown there, before ordering.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003ch2\u003eHow is back glass fitted?\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eOn the iPhone 13 Pro Max the rear glass is bonded to the frame, so the old glass has to be removed before the new panel goes on. Repair shops usually use a laser separation machine or controlled heat to lift the broken glass, then clean the frame and bond the new panel with a suitable adhesive. Take care around the wireless charging coil and cameras. If you have never done this repair, a local repair shop can fit it for you.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003ch2\u003eWhy buy from The Repair Plus\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n  \u003cli\u003eSame-day dispatch when you order before 4pm, Monday to Friday.\u003c\/li\u003e\n  \u003cli\u003eUK stock, shipped from Manchester.\u003c\/li\u003e\n  \u003cli\u003eEvery part tested before dispatch.\u003c\/li\u003e\n  \u003cli\u003e30-day returns.\u003c\/li\u003e\n  \u003cli\u003eTrusted by DIY repairers and independent repair shops.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\n\u003ch2\u003eFrequently asked questions\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eDoes this back glass fit the iPhone 13 Pro Max?\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eYes. It is made for the iPhone 13 Pro Max only. Check your model in Settings \u0026gt; General \u0026gt; About before ordering.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eIs this the same as the iPhone 12 Pro Max back glass?\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eNo. The iPhone 13 Pro Max has a larger camera bump, so the camera opening is bigger. The two panels are not interchangeable.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eCan I fit back glass on the iPhone 13 Pro Max myself?\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eProfessional installation is recommended. Screens and small parts are delicate, so we recommend having this part fitted by a qualified repair technician. Damage caused during fitting is not a product fault.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eHow quickly will my order arrive?\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eOrder before 4pm, Monday to Friday, and your back glass is dispatched the same day from our Manchester stock.\u003c\/p\u003e","brand":"The Repair Plus","offers":[{"title":"Default Title","offer_id":49843146588487,"sku":"","price":6.99,"currency_code":"GBP","in_stock":true}],"thumbnail_url":"\/\/cdn.shopify.com\/s\/files\/1\/0809\/2545\/8759\/files\/9330400952647-white.jpg?v=1790791691"},{"product_id":"for-apple-iphone-13-pro-max-replacement-back-glass-silver-the-repair-plus","title":"For Apple iPhone 13 Pro Max Replacement Back Glass (Silver) The Repair Plus","description":"\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eThe Repair Plus iPhone 13 Pro Max Replacement Back Glass (Silver)\u003c\/strong\u003e is a brand new rear glass panel in Silver for the Apple iPhone 13 Pro Max for fixing a smashed or chipped rear panel. It is brand new, made to OEM standard fit, tested before dispatch and shipped the same day from Manchester when you order before 4pm, Monday to Friday.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch2\u003eKey features\u003c\/h2\u003e\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eFinish that matches:\u003c\/strong\u003e the Silver finish is made to suit the iPhone 13 Pro Max, so the back of your phone looks tidy again after the repair.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eMade for the iPhone 13 Pro Max only:\u003c\/strong\u003e the panel shape and triple-camera cut-out follow OEM standard dimensions for this model.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eGlass panel only:\u003c\/strong\u003e a straightforward replacement for the rear glass, ideal when the frame, cameras and internals are undamaged.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eTested before dispatch:\u003c\/strong\u003e each panel is checked for cracks, chips and finish defects before it is packed.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eTrade friendly:\u003c\/strong\u003e suits DIY repairers and repair shops refurbishing phones for resale.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\u003ch2\u003eSpecifications\u003c\/h2\u003e\u003ctable\u003e\u003ctbody\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003ePart\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eRear back glass panel\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eColour\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eSilver\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eCompatible model\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eApple iPhone 13 Pro Max only\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eCondition\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eBrand new\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eQuality\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eOEM standard fit\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eDispatch\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eSame day before 4pm, Monday to Friday, from Manchester, UK\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eReturns\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e30 days\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003c\/tbody\u003e\u003c\/table\u003e\n\u003ch2\u003eiPhone 13 Pro Max back glass compatibility\u003c\/h2\u003e\u003cp\u003eThis back glass fits the \u003cstrong\u003eApple iPhone 13 Pro Max\u003c\/strong\u003e only. It does not fit the iPhone 13 Pro, iPhone 13 or iPhone 13 mini, which have different body sizes and camera layouts. To confirm your model, open \u003cem\u003eSettings \u0026gt; General \u0026gt; About\u003c\/em\u003e and check the model name before ordering.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch2\u003eHow to fit replacement back glass\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eOn the iPhone 13 Pro Max the rear glass is bonded firmly to the frame. Most repair shops remove the broken glass with a laser back glass machine, then clean off old adhesive and glass fragments before fitting the new panel with fresh adhesive. Take care around the wireless charging coil and camera area, and clamp the panel while the adhesive cures.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch2\u003eWhy buy from The Repair Plus\u003c\/h2\u003e\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eSame-day dispatch when you order before 4pm, Monday to Friday.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eUK stock, shipped from Manchester.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eEvery part tested before dispatch.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e30-day returns.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eTrusted by DIY repairers and independent repair shops.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\u003ch2\u003eFrequently asked questions\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eWill this back glass fit my iPhone 13 Pro?\u003c\/h3\u003e\u003cp\u003eNo. The iPhone 13 Pro Max is a larger phone than the iPhone 13 Pro, so the panel and camera cut-out are different sizes.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eIs this iPhone 13 Pro Max back glass the same colour as my phone?\u003c\/h3\u003e\u003cp\u003eIt is supplied in Silver to suit the iPhone 13 Pro Max. Choose the colour that matches your phone's frame, as shades can look slightly different under different lighting.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eDoes it include the camera lens?\u003c\/h3\u003e\u003cp\u003eThis listing is for the back glass panel. If the camera lens cover is also cracked, order a camera lens replacement separately.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eWill wireless charging still work?\u003c\/h3\u003e\u003cp\u003eYes, as long as the wireless charging coil under the glass is not damaged during removal. The coil is separate from the glass panel.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eHow fast will it arrive?\u003c\/h3\u003e\u003cp\u003eOrders placed before 4pm, Monday to Friday, are dispatched the same day from Manchester.\u003c\/p\u003e","brand":"The Repair Plus","offers":[{"title":"Default Title","offer_id":49843164938567,"sku":"","price":7.49,"currency_code":"GBP","in_stock":true}],"thumbnail_url":"\/\/cdn.shopify.com\/s\/files\/1\/0809\/2545\/8759\/files\/9330415698247-white.jpg?v=1790791691"},{"product_id":"for-apple-iphone-13-pro-max-replacement-loudspeaker-the-repair-plus","title":"For Apple iPhone 13 Pro Max Replacement Loudspeaker The Repair Plus","description":"\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eThe Repair Plus Loudspeaker for iPhone 13 Pro Max\u003c\/strong\u003e is a brand new, OEM standard replacement bottom speaker for the iPhone 13 Pro Max. It fixes ringtones, music, video and speakerphone that sound quiet, distorted or silent. Tested before dispatch and shipped the same day from Manchester when you order before 4pm, Monday to Friday.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003ch2\u003eKey features\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n  \u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eRestores loud sound:\u003c\/strong\u003e ringtones, alarms, music and speakerphone work again.\u003c\/li\u003e\n  \u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eMade for iPhone 13 Pro Max:\u003c\/strong\u003e OEM standard housing and contact points for this model.\u003c\/li\u003e\n  \u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eBrand new:\u003c\/strong\u003e no used or pulled speakers.\u003c\/li\u003e\n  \u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eTested before dispatch:\u003c\/strong\u003e every loudspeaker is checked before it ships.\u003c\/li\u003e\n  \u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eFixes distortion:\u003c\/strong\u003e ideal after liquid damage or a blown speaker.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\n\u003ch2\u003eSpecifications\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003ctable\u003e\n  \u003ctbody\u003e\n    \u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003ePart\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eLoudspeaker (bottom speaker)\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n    \u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eCompatible model\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eiPhone 13 Pro Max only\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n    \u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eCondition\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eBrand new\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n    \u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eQuality\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eOEM standard\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n    \u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eDispatch\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eSame day before 4pm, Monday to Friday, from Manchester, UK\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n    \u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eReturns\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e30 days\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n  \u003c\/tbody\u003e\n\u003c\/table\u003e\n\n\u003ch2\u003eiPhone 13 Pro Max loudspeaker compatibility\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eFits the \u003cstrong\u003eiPhone 13 Pro Max\u003c\/strong\u003e. It does not fit the iPhone 13 or iPhone 13 Pro, which use different loudspeaker modules. Check your model in \u003cem\u003eSettings \u0026gt; General \u0026gt; About\u003c\/em\u003e before ordering.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003ch2\u003eLoudspeaker or earpiece: which do you need?\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eThe loudspeaker is the bottom speaker used for ringtones, alarms, music, video and speakerphone. The earpiece is the small top speaker you hold to your ear on normal calls. If only speakerphone and media are affected, you need this loudspeaker. If normal calls are quiet, you need an earpiece speaker instead.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003ch2\u003eWhy buy from The Repair Plus\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n  \u003cli\u003eSame-day dispatch when you order before 4pm, Monday to Friday.\u003c\/li\u003e\n  \u003cli\u003eUK stock, shipped from Manchester.\u003c\/li\u003e\n  \u003cli\u003eEvery part tested before dispatch.\u003c\/li\u003e\n  \u003cli\u003e30-day returns.\u003c\/li\u003e\n  \u003cli\u003eTrusted by DIY repairers and independent repair shops.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\n\u003ch2\u003eFrequently asked questions\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eDoes this fit the iPhone 13?\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eNo. This loudspeaker fits the iPhone 13 Pro Max only.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eIs this the speaker for calls?\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eIt is the bottom speaker used for speakerphone, ringtones and media. Normal calls at your ear use the separate earpiece speaker.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eIs it easy to fit?\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eProfessional installation is recommended. Screens and small parts are delicate, so we recommend having this part fitted by a qualified repair technician. Damage caused during fitting is not a product fault.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eHow fast is delivery?\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eOrders placed before 4pm, Monday to Friday, are dispatched the same day from Manchester.\u003c\/p\u003e","brand":"The Repair Plus","offers":[{"title":"Default Title","offer_id":49843174408519,"sku":"","price":19.99,"currency_code":"GBP","in_stock":true}],"thumbnail_url":"\/\/cdn.shopify.com\/s\/files\/1\/0809\/2545\/8759\/files\/9330420941127-white.jpg?v=1790791691"},{"product_id":"for-apple-iphone-13-replacement-front-camera-12mp-the-repair-plus","title":"For Apple iPhone 13 Replacement Front Camera 12MP The Repair Plus","description":"\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eThe Repair Plus front camera for iPhone 13\u003c\/strong\u003e is a brand new, OEM standard 12MP front (selfie) camera for the iPhone 13. It repairs a front camera that shows black, blurs or will not open for FaceTime. It is shipped the same day from Manchester when you order before 4pm, Monday to Friday.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003ch2\u003eKey features\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n  \u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003e12MP selfie camera:\u003c\/strong\u003e restores front photos, video recording and FaceTime.\u003c\/li\u003e\n  \u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eMade for iPhone 13:\u003c\/strong\u003e matches the factory camera position and connector.\u003c\/li\u003e\n  \u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003ePlug-in repair:\u003c\/strong\u003e connects by press-fit connector, no soldering.\u003c\/li\u003e\n  \u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eTested before dispatch:\u003c\/strong\u003e each camera is checked before it ships from Manchester.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\n\u003ch2\u003eSpecifications\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003ctable\u003e\n  \u003ctbody\u003e\n    \u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003ePart\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eFront camera\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n    \u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eCamera\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e12MP\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n    \u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eCompatible model\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eiPhone 13\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n    \u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eCondition\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eBrand new\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n    \u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eQuality\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eOEM standard\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n    \u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eDispatch\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eSame day before 4pm, Monday to Friday, from Manchester, UK\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n    \u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eReturns\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e30 days\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n  \u003c\/tbody\u003e\n\u003c\/table\u003e\n\n\u003ch2\u003eCompatibility\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eListed for the \u003cstrong\u003eiPhone 13\u003c\/strong\u003e. If you have an iPhone 13 mini, 13 Pro or 13 Pro Max, check the part listed for your model before ordering. Find your exact model in \u003cem\u003eSettings \u0026gt; General \u0026gt; About\u003c\/em\u003e.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003ch2\u003eHow to fit an iPhone 13 front camera\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eThe screen must be removed to reach the front camera, so you will need a heat source, a suction cup, opening picks, precision screwdrivers and new screen adhesive. Disconnect the battery first, then lift out the old camera and seat the new one carefully so the lens lines up with the opening in the display.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003ch2\u003eWhy buy from The Repair Plus\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n  \u003cli\u003eSame-day dispatch when you order before 4pm, Monday to Friday.\u003c\/li\u003e\n  \u003cli\u003eUK stock, shipped from Manchester.\u003c\/li\u003e\n  \u003cli\u003eEvery part tested before dispatch.\u003c\/li\u003e\n  \u003cli\u003e30-day returns.\u003c\/li\u003e\n  \u003cli\u003eTrusted by DIY repairers and independent repair shops.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\n\u003ch2\u003eFrequently asked questions\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eWill this fix Face ID?\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eNo. Face ID uses separate sensors paired to the phone. This part repairs the selfie camera only.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eDo I need to remove the screen?\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eYes. The front camera sits under the display, so the screen has to come off first.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eWill iOS show a message about the camera?\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eiOS may show a notice in Settings that the camera could not be verified as an Apple part. This is normal for replacement cameras on this generation and the camera still takes photos and video.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eHow quickly will it arrive?\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eOrders placed before 4pm, Monday to Friday, are dispatched the same day from our Manchester stock, so most UK customers receive them within a few working days.\u003c\/p\u003e","brand":"The Repair Plus","offers":[{"title":"Default Title","offer_id":49843186237767,"sku":"","price":26.49,"currency_code":"GBP","in_stock":true}],"thumbnail_url":"\/\/cdn.shopify.com\/s\/files\/1\/0809\/2545\/8759\/files\/9330422645063-white.jpg?v=1790791692"},{"product_id":"for-apple-iphone-13-13-mini-replacement-rear-camera-12mp-12mp-the-repair-plus","title":"For Apple iPhone 13 \/ 13 Mini Replacement Rear Camera 12MP + 12MP The Repair Plus","description":"\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eThe Repair Plus rear camera for iPhone 13 and iPhone 13 mini\u003c\/strong\u003e is a brand new, OEM standard 12MP + 12MP dual rear camera module that fixes a black, blurry or shaking main camera on the iPhone 13 or iPhone 13 mini. It is shipped the same day from Manchester when you order before 4pm, Monday to Friday.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003ch2\u003eKey features\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n  \u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eDual 12MP module:\u003c\/strong\u003e wide and ultra wide 12MP cameras supplied together as one plug-in unit.\u003c\/li\u003e\n  \u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eTwo models, one part:\u003c\/strong\u003e the same module fits both the iPhone 13 and the iPhone 13 mini.\u003c\/li\u003e\n  \u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eFixes common camera faults:\u003c\/strong\u003e cures a black camera app, constant hunting focus, rattling lens or grainy photos caused by a failed module.\u003c\/li\u003e\n  \u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003ePlug-in connector:\u003c\/strong\u003e attaches to the logic board by press-fit connector, with no soldering.\u003c\/li\u003e\n  \u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eTested before dispatch:\u003c\/strong\u003e each module is checked before it leaves our Manchester stock.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\n\u003ch2\u003eSpecifications\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003ctable\u003e\n  \u003ctbody\u003e\n    \u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003ePart\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eRear camera module (dual)\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n    \u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eCameras\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e12MP + 12MP\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n    \u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eCompatible models\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eiPhone 13, iPhone 13 mini\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n    \u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eCondition\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eBrand new\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n    \u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eQuality\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eOEM standard\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n    \u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eDispatch\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eSame day before 4pm, Monday to Friday, from Manchester, UK\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n    \u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eReturns\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e30 days\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n  \u003c\/tbody\u003e\n\u003c\/table\u003e\n\n\u003ch2\u003eCompatibility\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eFits the \u003cstrong\u003eiPhone 13\u003c\/strong\u003e and \u003cstrong\u003eiPhone 13 mini\u003c\/strong\u003e. It does not fit the iPhone 13 Pro or iPhone 13 Pro Max, which use a larger triple camera module. Check your model in \u003cem\u003eSettings \u0026gt; General \u0026gt; About\u003c\/em\u003e before ordering.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003ch2\u003eCamera module or lens glass: which do you need?\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eIf photos look hazy or have a crack across them but the camera focuses and opens normally, the fault is usually the lens glass on the back of the phone, which is a much cheaper fix. If the camera app shows a black screen, the image shakes, or focus never settles, the camera module itself has failed and this part is the right repair.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003ch2\u003eWhy buy from The Repair Plus\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n  \u003cli\u003eSame-day dispatch when you order before 4pm, Monday to Friday.\u003c\/li\u003e\n  \u003cli\u003eUK stock, shipped from Manchester.\u003c\/li\u003e\n  \u003cli\u003eEvery part tested before dispatch.\u003c\/li\u003e\n  \u003cli\u003e30-day returns.\u003c\/li\u003e\n  \u003cli\u003eTrusted by DIY repairers and independent repair shops.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\n\u003ch2\u003eFrequently asked questions\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eDoes this fit both the iPhone 13 and iPhone 13 mini?\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eYes. Both phones use the same dual rear camera module, so this part fits either model.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eWill it fit my iPhone 13 Pro?\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eNo. The iPhone 13 Pro and 13 Pro Max use a triple camera module with a different size and connector.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eWill my iPhone show a message after fitting?\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eiOS may show a notice in Settings that the camera could not be verified as an Apple part. This is normal for replacement cameras on this generation and the camera still takes photos and video.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eHow quickly will it arrive?\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eOrders placed before 4pm, Monday to Friday, are dispatched the same day from our Manchester stock, so most UK customers receive them within a few working days.\u003c\/p\u003e","brand":"The Repair Plus","offers":[{"title":"Default Title","offer_id":49843200885063,"sku":"","price":23.99,"currency_code":"GBP","in_stock":true}],"thumbnail_url":"\/\/cdn.shopify.com\/s\/files\/1\/0809\/2545\/8759\/files\/9330431492423-white.jpg?v=1790791692"},{"product_id":"for-apple-iphone-13-replacement-proximity-earpiece-light-sensor-flex-with-microphone-the-repair-plus","title":"For Apple iPhone 13 Replacement Proximity, Earpiece Light Sensor Flex With Microphone The Repair Plus","description":"\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eThe Repair Plus iPhone 13 proximity and light sensor earpiece flex with microphone\u003c\/strong\u003e is a brand new front sensor flex for the iPhone 13, with proximity and light sensors, earpiece connection and microphone. It fixes screens staying on during calls and auto-brightness faults. OEM standard and shipped the same day from Manchester when you order before 4pm, Monday to Friday.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003ch2\u003eKey features\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n  \u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eProximity sensor:\u003c\/strong\u003e switches the display off during calls to stop accidental touches.\u003c\/li\u003e\n  \u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eAmbient light sensor:\u003c\/strong\u003e restores auto-brightness so the screen adjusts to the room.\u003c\/li\u003e\n  \u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eBuilt-in microphone:\u003c\/strong\u003e brings back clear top-mic audio for video and speakerphone.\u003c\/li\u003e\n  \u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eEarpiece connection:\u003c\/strong\u003e restores call sound through the earpiece speaker.\u003c\/li\u003e\n  \u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eExact iPhone 13 fit:\u003c\/strong\u003e made for the iPhone 13 front layout and tested before dispatch.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\n\u003ch2\u003eSpecifications\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003ctable\u003e\n  \u003ctbody\u003e\n    \u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003ePart\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eProximity, light sensor and earpiece flex with microphone\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n    \u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eCompatible model\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eiPhone 13 only\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n    \u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eCondition\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eBrand new\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n    \u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eQuality\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eOEM standard\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n    \u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eDispatch\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eSame day before 4pm, Monday to Friday, from Manchester, UK\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n    \u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eReturns\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e30 days\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n  \u003c\/tbody\u003e\n\u003c\/table\u003e\n\n\u003ch2\u003eCompatibility\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eFits the \u003cstrong\u003eiPhone 13\u003c\/strong\u003e only. It does not fit the iPhone 13 mini, iPhone 13 Pro or iPhone 13 Pro Max, and it is not interchangeable with the iPhone 14. Check your model in \u003cem\u003eSettings \u0026gt; General \u0026gt; About\u003c\/em\u003e before ordering.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003ch2\u003eFace ID and this part\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eParts of this front sensor flex work alongside Face ID. Swapping it can affect Face ID unless the sensor components are transferred by a skilled technician, so if Face ID matters to you, we recommend a repair shop fits it.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003ch2\u003eWhy buy from The Repair Plus\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n  \u003cli\u003eSame-day dispatch when you order before 4pm, Monday to Friday.\u003c\/li\u003e\n  \u003cli\u003eUK stock, shipped from Manchester.\u003c\/li\u003e\n  \u003cli\u003eEvery part tested before dispatch.\u003c\/li\u003e\n  \u003cli\u003e30-day returns.\u003c\/li\u003e\n  \u003cli\u003eTrusted by DIY repairers and independent repair shops.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\n\u003ch2\u003eFrequently asked questions\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eWill this fit the iPhone 13 Pro?\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eNo. The iPhone 13 Pro uses a different flex. This part is for the standard iPhone 13 only.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eAuto-brightness stopped working after a screen repair. Will this help?\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eIt can. A damaged ambient light sensor flex is a common cause, and this part replaces it.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eWill Face ID keep working?\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eSwapping this flex can affect Face ID unless the sensor components are transferred, so a skilled repair shop is the safest choice.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eHow fast will it arrive?\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eOrders placed before 4pm, Monday to Friday, are dispatched the same day from Manchester.\u003c\/p\u003e","brand":"The Repair Plus","offers":[{"title":"Default Title","offer_id":49843213992263,"sku":"","price":3.99,"currency_code":"GBP","in_stock":true}],"thumbnail_url":"\/\/cdn.shopify.com\/s\/files\/1\/0809\/2545\/8759\/files\/9330437194055-white.jpg?v=1790791691"},{"product_id":"for-apple-iphone-13-replacement-earpiece-speaker-the-repair-plus","title":"For Apple iPhone 13 Replacement Earpiece Speaker The Repair Plus","description":"\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eThe Repair Plus Earpiece Speaker for iPhone 13\u003c\/strong\u003e replaces the small call speaker above the iPhone 13 screen. Fit it when you can only hear callers on speakerphone or the earpiece crackles. Brand new, OEM standard, tested before dispatch and shipped the same day from Manchester when you order before 4pm, Monday to Friday.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003ch2\u003eKey features\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n  \u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eFixes quiet or crackly earpiece audio:\u003c\/strong\u003e replaces a worn or damaged call speaker.\u003c\/li\u003e\n  \u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eExact fit for iPhone 13:\u003c\/strong\u003e built to OEM standard for this model.\u003c\/li\u003e\n  \u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eBrand new and tested:\u003c\/strong\u003e every speaker is checked before it ships.\u003c\/li\u003e\n  \u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eLow-cost fix:\u003c\/strong\u003e a small part that brings normal calls back.\u003c\/li\u003e\n  \u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eFor DIY and trade:\u003c\/strong\u003e popular with repair shops and home repairers.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\n\u003ch2\u003eSpecifications\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003ctable\u003e\n  \u003ctbody\u003e\n    \u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003ePart\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eEarpiece speaker\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n    \u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eCompatible model\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eiPhone 13 only\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n    \u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eCondition\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eBrand new\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n    \u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eQuality\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eOEM standard\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n    \u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eDispatch\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eSame day before 4pm, Monday to Friday, from Manchester, UK\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n    \u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eReturns\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e30 days\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n  \u003c\/tbody\u003e\n\u003c\/table\u003e\n\n\u003ch2\u003eiPhone 13 earpiece compatibility\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eFits the \u003cstrong\u003eiPhone 13\u003c\/strong\u003e. It does not fit the iPhone 13 mini, iPhone 13 Pro or iPhone 13 Pro Max, which use different earpiece speakers. Check your model in \u003cem\u003eSettings \u0026gt; General \u0026gt; About\u003c\/em\u003e before ordering.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003ch2\u003eIs it the speaker or the mesh?\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eBefore replacing the earpiece, clean the grille above the screen with a soft dry brush, as dust and pocket lint often block it. If calls are still quiet, crackly or silent, the speaker itself has failed and this part is the fix. Remove the screen carefully, as the earpiece sits under a bracket at the top of the phone, and disconnect the battery first.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003ch2\u003eWhy buy from The Repair Plus\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n  \u003cli\u003eOrder before 4pm, Monday to Friday, and it leaves the same day.\u003c\/li\u003e\n  \u003cli\u003eStock held in the UK and shipped from Manchester.\u003c\/li\u003e\n  \u003cli\u003eEach part is tested before it is packed.\u003c\/li\u003e\n  \u003cli\u003e30-day returns on every order.\u003c\/li\u003e\n  \u003cli\u003eTrusted by DIY repairers and repair shop owners across the UK.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\n\u003ch2\u003eFrequently asked questions\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eWhy can I only hear callers on speakerphone?\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eSpeakerphone uses the bottom loudspeaker. If calls are silent at your ear, the top earpiece speaker has usually failed and needs replacing.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eIs this earpiece for the iPhone 13 only?\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eYes. Check your model in \u003cem\u003eSettings \u0026gt; General \u0026gt; About\u003c\/em\u003e before ordering to confirm your model.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eDo I need to remove the screen?\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eYes. The earpiece speaker sits behind the top of the display.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eIs the speaker new?\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eYes. It is brand new, OEM standard and tested before dispatch.\u003c\/p\u003e","brand":"The Repair Plus","offers":[{"title":"Default Title","offer_id":49843223789895,"sku":"","price":9.99,"currency_code":"GBP","in_stock":true}],"thumbnail_url":"\/\/cdn.shopify.com\/s\/files\/1\/0809\/2545\/8759\/files\/9330440012103-white.jpg?v=1790791692"},{"product_id":"for-apple-iphone-13-replacement-flash-light-flex-the-repair-plus","title":"For Apple iPhone 13 Replacement Flash Light Flex The Repair Plus","description":"\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eThe Repair Plus flash light flex for iPhone 13\u003c\/strong\u003e is a replacement rear flash flex for the iPhone 13. It fixes a flash or torch that will not light, flickers or is greyed out. Brand new, OEM standard fit and shipped the same day from Manchester when you order before 4pm, Monday to Friday.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003ch2\u003eKey features\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n  \u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eMade for iPhone 13:\u003c\/strong\u003e matches the 13 rear camera area and connector.\u003c\/li\u003e\n  \u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eRestores flash and torch:\u003c\/strong\u003e brings back the LED used for photos, video light and the Control Centre torch.\u003c\/li\u003e\n  \u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eDirect replacement:\u003c\/strong\u003e swap the damaged flex without altering the phone.\u003c\/li\u003e\n  \u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eTested before dispatch:\u003c\/strong\u003e each part is checked before it leaves Manchester.\u003c\/li\u003e\n  \u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003ePopular trade part:\u003c\/strong\u003e a regular stock item for iPhone repair benches.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\n\u003ch2\u003eSpecifications\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003ctable\u003e\n  \u003ctbody\u003e\n    \u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003ePart\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eRear flash light flex\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n    \u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eCompatible model\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eiPhone 13 only\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n    \u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eCondition\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eBrand new\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n    \u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eQuality\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eOEM standard\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n    \u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eDispatch\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eSame day before 4pm, Monday to Friday, from Manchester, UK\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n    \u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eReturns\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e30 days\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n  \u003c\/tbody\u003e\n\u003c\/table\u003e\n\n\u003ch2\u003eCompatibility\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eFits the \u003cstrong\u003eiPhone 13\u003c\/strong\u003e only. It does not fit the iPhone 13 Pro or iPhone 13 mini, which use different flash flexes. Check your model in \u003cem\u003eSettings \u0026gt; General \u0026gt; About\u003c\/em\u003e before ordering.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003ch2\u003eIs it the flash flex or the software?\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eBefore you order, restart the phone and try the torch from Control Centre. If the torch icon is greyed out, stays off after an update, or the camera warns that the flash is disabled, the flex is the likely cause. If the phone is very hot, the flash is disabled temporarily, so let it cool first.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003ch2\u003eWhy buy from The Repair Plus\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n  \u003cli\u003eSame-day dispatch when you order before 4pm, Monday to Friday.\u003c\/li\u003e\n  \u003cli\u003eUK stock, shipped from Manchester.\u003c\/li\u003e\n  \u003cli\u003eEvery part tested before dispatch.\u003c\/li\u003e\n  \u003cli\u003e30-day returns.\u003c\/li\u003e\n  \u003cli\u003eTrusted by DIY repairers and independent repair shops.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\n\u003ch2\u003eFrequently asked questions\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eWill this fit the iPhone 13 Pro?\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eNo. This part is made for the iPhone 13 only.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eMy torch is greyed out. Will this fix it?\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eA greyed-out torch that stays that way after a restart and cooling down usually points to a faulty flash flex, which this part replaces.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eIs it hard to fit?\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eIt is a moderate repair. The screen must be removed and some brackets lifted, so use the right tools and take your time.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eHow quickly will it ship?\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eOrder before 4pm, Monday to Friday, and it leaves Manchester the same day.\u003c\/p\u003e","brand":"The Repair Plus","offers":[{"title":"Default Title","offer_id":49843254493511,"sku":"","price":3.99,"currency_code":"GBP","in_stock":true}],"thumbnail_url":"\/\/cdn.shopify.com\/s\/files\/1\/0809\/2545\/8759\/files\/9330457805127-white.jpg?v=1790791692"},{"product_id":"for-apple-iphone-13-replacement-wifi-flex-the-repair-plus","title":"For Apple iPhone 13 Replacement WiFi Flex The Repair Plus","description":"\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eThe Repair Plus WiFi antenna flex for iPhone 13\u003c\/strong\u003e is a brand new replacement WiFi flex cable for the Apple iPhone 13. It helps fix weak WiFi signal, slow speeds and drop-outs caused by a damaged or torn antenna flex. OEM standard and shipped the same day from Manchester when you order before 4pm, Monday to Friday.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch2\u003eKey features\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eRestores WiFi reception:\u003c\/strong\u003e replaces a torn or corroded antenna flex that is cutting your wireless signal.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eiPhone 13 specific:\u003c\/strong\u003e matches the iPhone 13 routing and connector points for a clean fit.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eUseful after other repairs:\u003c\/strong\u003e a common replacement when the flex is nicked during screen, battery or housing work.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eChecked before dispatch:\u003c\/strong\u003e every flex is inspected and tested before it ships.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eStock part for repair shops:\u003c\/strong\u003e keeps a low-cost fix on hand for iPhone 13 connectivity jobs.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\u003ch2\u003eSpecifications\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003ctable\u003e\n\u003ctbody\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003ePart\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eWiFi antenna flex cable\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eCompatible model(s)\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eApple iPhone 13\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eCondition\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eBrand new\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eQuality\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eOEM standard fit\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eDispatch\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eSame day before 4pm, Monday to Friday, from Manchester, UK\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eReturns\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e30 days\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003c\/tbody\u003e\n\u003c\/table\u003e\n\u003ch2\u003eCompatibility\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eFits the \u003cstrong\u003eiPhone 13\u003c\/strong\u003e only. It does not fit the iPhone 13 mini, iPhone 13 Pro or iPhone 13 Pro Max. Confirm your model in \u003cem\u003eSettings \u0026gt; General \u0026gt; About\u003c\/em\u003e before you order.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch2\u003eIs the WiFi flex the problem?\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eA damaged WiFi flex usually shows as a very weak signal, poor range or frequent drop-outs, especially after a drop or a previous repair. If the WiFi switch is greyed out and will not turn on at all, the fault is more often on the logic board, and a new flex alone may not fix it.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eTry resetting network settings first. If the signal is still poor close to your router, replacing this flex is a sensible, low-cost next step.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch2\u003eWhy buy from The Repair Plus\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eSame-day dispatch when you order before 4pm, Monday to Friday.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eUK stock, shipped from Manchester.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eEvery part tested before dispatch.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e30-day returns.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eTrusted by DIY repairers and independent repair shops.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\u003ch2\u003eFrequently asked questions\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eWill this fix WiFi that is greyed out?\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eUsually not. A greyed-out WiFi switch normally points to a logic board fault. This flex fixes signal problems caused by a damaged antenna cable.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eDoes it fit the iPhone 13 Pro Max?\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eNo. This WiFi flex is for the standard iPhone 13 only.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eDo I need special tools?\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eYes. You will need to open the phone with heat, a suction cup, the correct screwdrivers and a spudger, then refit with new adhesive.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eWhen will my order be sent?\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eOrder before 4pm, Monday to Friday, and it is dispatched the same day from Manchester.\u003c\/p\u003e\n","brand":"The Repair Plus","offers":[{"title":"Default Title","offer_id":49843266060615,"sku":"","price":3.99,"currency_code":"GBP","in_stock":true}],"thumbnail_url":"\/\/cdn.shopify.com\/s\/files\/1\/0809\/2545\/8759\/files\/9330462032199-white.jpg?v=1790791692"},{"product_id":"for-apple-iphone-13-replacement-loudspeaker-the-repair-plus","title":"For Apple iPhone 13 Replacement Loudspeaker The Repair Plus","description":"\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eThe Repair Plus Loudspeaker for iPhone 13\u003c\/strong\u003e replaces the bottom speaker module on the iPhone 13. Fit it when ringtones are weak, speakerphone rattles or media plays with no sound. It is brand new, OEM standard and shipped the same day from Manchester when you order before 4pm, Monday to Friday.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003ch2\u003eKey features\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n  \u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eComplete speaker module:\u003c\/strong\u003e replaces the whole bottom speaker unit, not just the driver.\u003c\/li\u003e\n  \u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eExact iPhone 13 fit:\u003c\/strong\u003e built to OEM standard dimensions.\u003c\/li\u003e\n  \u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eClear speakerphone audio:\u003c\/strong\u003e no more rattling or crackling on speaker calls.\u003c\/li\u003e\n  \u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eChecked before it leaves:\u003c\/strong\u003e tested prior to dispatch from Manchester.\u003c\/li\u003e\n  \u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eTrade friendly:\u003c\/strong\u003e a common stock part for repair shops.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\n\u003ch2\u003eSpecifications\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003ctable\u003e\n  \u003ctbody\u003e\n    \u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003ePart\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eLoudspeaker (bottom speaker)\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n    \u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eCompatible model\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eiPhone 13 only\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n    \u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eCondition\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eBrand new\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n    \u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eQuality\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eOEM standard\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n    \u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eDispatch\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eSame day before 4pm, Monday to Friday, from Manchester, UK\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n    \u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eReturns\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e30 days\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n  \u003c\/tbody\u003e\n\u003c\/table\u003e\n\n\u003ch2\u003eiPhone 13 loudspeaker compatibility\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eFits the \u003cstrong\u003eiPhone 13\u003c\/strong\u003e. It does not fit the iPhone 13 mini, iPhone 13 Pro or iPhone 13 Pro Max, which use different loudspeaker modules. Check your model in \u003cem\u003eSettings \u0026gt; General \u0026gt; About\u003c\/em\u003e before ordering.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003ch2\u003eBefore you replace the speaker\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eCheck the speaker grille next to the charging port for dirt or lint, and make sure the phone is not on silent or stuck in headphone mode. If sound is still quiet, crackly or missing, the loudspeaker has failed. To fit it you will need to remove the screen, disconnect the battery and unscrew the speaker from the bottom of the phone.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003ch2\u003eWhy buy from The Repair Plus\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n  \u003cli\u003eOrder before 4pm, Monday to Friday, and it leaves the same day.\u003c\/li\u003e\n  \u003cli\u003eStock held in the UK and shipped from Manchester.\u003c\/li\u003e\n  \u003cli\u003eEach part is tested before it is packed.\u003c\/li\u003e\n  \u003cli\u003e30-day returns on every order.\u003c\/li\u003e\n  \u003cli\u003eTrusted by DIY repairers and repair shop owners across the UK.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\n\u003ch2\u003eFrequently asked questions\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eWhy is my speaker crackling?\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eCrackling usually means the speaker has been damaged by liquid, a drop or high volume over time. Replacing it restores clear sound.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eWill this fit my iPhone 13?\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eIt fits the iPhone 13 only. Check your model in \u003cem\u003eSettings \u0026gt; General \u0026gt; About\u003c\/em\u003e before ordering.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eIs the loudspeaker new?\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eYes. It is brand new, built to OEM standard and tested before dispatch.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eCan I return it?\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eYes. You have 30 days to return it.\u003c\/p\u003e","brand":"The Repair Plus","offers":[{"title":"Default Title","offer_id":49843278020935,"sku":"","price":5.49,"currency_code":"GBP","in_stock":true}],"thumbnail_url":"\/\/cdn.shopify.com\/s\/files\/1\/0809\/2545\/8759\/files\/9330468716871-white.jpg?v=1790791692"},{"product_id":"for-apple-iphone-13-replacement-back-glass-green-the-repair-plus","title":"For Apple iPhone 13 Replacement Back Glass (Green) The Repair Plus","description":"\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eThe Repair Plus iPhone 13 Replacement Back Glass (Green)\u003c\/strong\u003e is a new rear housing glass panel in Green for the Apple iPhone 13 for fixing a broken rear panel after a drop. It is brand new, made to OEM standard fit, tested before dispatch and shipped the same day from Manchester when you order before 4pm, Monday to Friday.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch2\u003eKey features\u003c\/h2\u003e\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eRestores the look:\u003c\/strong\u003e the Green finish is made to suit the iPhone 13, so the back of your phone looks tidy again after the repair.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eMade for the iPhone 13 only:\u003c\/strong\u003e the panel shape and dual-camera cut-out follow OEM standard dimensions for this model.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eGlass panel only:\u003c\/strong\u003e a straightforward replacement for the rear glass, ideal when the frame, cameras and internals are undamaged.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eTested before dispatch:\u003c\/strong\u003e each panel is checked for cracks, chips and finish defects before it is packed.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eTrade friendly:\u003c\/strong\u003e suits DIY repairers and repair shops refurbishing phones for resale.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\u003ch2\u003eSpecifications\u003c\/h2\u003e\u003ctable\u003e\u003ctbody\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003ePart\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eRear back glass panel\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eColour\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eGreen\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eCompatible model\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eApple iPhone 13 only\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eCondition\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eBrand new\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eQuality\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eOEM standard fit\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eDispatch\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eSame day before 4pm, Monday to Friday, from Manchester, UK\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eReturns\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e30 days\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003c\/tbody\u003e\u003c\/table\u003e\n\u003ch2\u003eiPhone 13 back glass compatibility\u003c\/h2\u003e\u003cp\u003eThis back glass fits the \u003cstrong\u003eApple iPhone 13\u003c\/strong\u003e only. It does not fit the iPhone 13 mini, iPhone 13 Pro or iPhone 13 Pro Max, which have different body sizes and camera layouts. To confirm your model, open \u003cem\u003eSettings \u0026gt; General \u0026gt; About\u003c\/em\u003e and check the model name before ordering.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch2\u003eHow to fit replacement back glass\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eOn the iPhone 13 the rear glass is bonded firmly to the frame. Most repair shops remove the broken glass with a laser back glass machine, then clean off old adhesive and glass fragments before fitting the new panel with fresh adhesive. Take care around the wireless charging coil and camera area, and clamp the panel while the adhesive cures.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch2\u003eWhy buy from The Repair Plus\u003c\/h2\u003e\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eSame-day dispatch when you order before 4pm, Monday to Friday.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eUK stock, shipped from Manchester.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eEvery part tested before dispatch.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e30-day returns.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eTrusted by DIY repairers and independent repair shops.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\u003ch2\u003eFrequently asked questions\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eWill this back glass fit my iPhone 13 Pro?\u003c\/h3\u003e\u003cp\u003eNo. The iPhone 13 Pro has a larger triple-camera module and a different frame, so the camera cut-out does not line up.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eIs this iPhone 13 back glass the same colour as my phone?\u003c\/h3\u003e\u003cp\u003eIt is supplied in Green to suit the iPhone 13. Choose the colour that matches your phone's frame, as shades can look slightly different under different lighting.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eDoes it include the camera lens?\u003c\/h3\u003e\u003cp\u003eThis listing is for the back glass panel. If the camera lens cover is also cracked, order a camera lens replacement separately.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eWill wireless charging still work?\u003c\/h3\u003e\u003cp\u003eYes, as long as the wireless charging coil under the glass is not damaged during removal. The coil is separate from the glass panel.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eHow fast will it arrive?\u003c\/h3\u003e\u003cp\u003eOrders placed before 4pm, Monday to Friday, are dispatched the same day from Manchester.\u003c\/p\u003e","brand":"The Repair Plus","offers":[{"title":"Default Title","offer_id":49843293028679,"sku":"","price":4.99,"currency_code":"GBP","in_stock":true}],"thumbnail_url":"\/\/cdn.shopify.com\/s\/files\/1\/0809\/2545\/8759\/files\/9330480054599-white.jpg?v=1790791692"},{"product_id":"for-apple-iphone-13-replacement-back-glass-blue-the-repair-plus","title":"For Apple iPhone 13 Replacement Back Glass (Blue) The Repair Plus","description":"\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eThe Repair Plus iPhone 13 Replacement Back Glass (Blue)\u003c\/strong\u003e is a replacement back panel in Blue for the Apple iPhone 13 for fixing cracked or badly scuffed back glass. It is brand new, made to OEM standard fit, tested before dispatch and shipped the same day from Manchester when you order before 4pm, Monday to Friday.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch2\u003eKey features\u003c\/h2\u003e\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eClean colour match:\u003c\/strong\u003e the Blue finish is made to suit the iPhone 13, so the back of your phone looks tidy again after the repair.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eMade for the iPhone 13 only:\u003c\/strong\u003e the panel shape and dual-camera cut-out follow OEM standard dimensions for this model.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eGlass panel only:\u003c\/strong\u003e a straightforward replacement for the rear glass, ideal when the frame, cameras and internals are undamaged.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eTested before dispatch:\u003c\/strong\u003e each panel is checked for cracks, chips and finish defects before it is packed.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eTrade friendly:\u003c\/strong\u003e suits DIY repairers and repair shops refurbishing phones for resale.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\u003ch2\u003eSpecifications\u003c\/h2\u003e\u003ctable\u003e\u003ctbody\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003ePart\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eRear back glass panel\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eColour\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eBlue\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eCompatible model\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eApple iPhone 13 only\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eCondition\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eBrand new\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eQuality\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eOEM standard fit\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eDispatch\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eSame day before 4pm, Monday to Friday, from Manchester, UK\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eReturns\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e30 days\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003c\/tbody\u003e\u003c\/table\u003e\n\u003ch2\u003eiPhone 13 back glass compatibility\u003c\/h2\u003e\u003cp\u003eThis back glass fits the \u003cstrong\u003eApple iPhone 13\u003c\/strong\u003e only. It does not fit the iPhone 13 mini, iPhone 13 Pro or iPhone 13 Pro Max, which have different body sizes and camera layouts. To confirm your model, open \u003cem\u003eSettings \u0026gt; General \u0026gt; About\u003c\/em\u003e and check the model name before ordering.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch2\u003eHow to fit replacement back glass\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eOn the iPhone 13 the rear glass is bonded firmly to the frame. Most repair shops remove the broken glass with a laser back glass machine, then clean off old adhesive and glass fragments before fitting the new panel with fresh adhesive. Take care around the wireless charging coil and camera area, and clamp the panel while the adhesive cures.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch2\u003eWhy buy from The Repair Plus\u003c\/h2\u003e\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eSame-day dispatch when you order before 4pm, Monday to Friday.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eUK stock, shipped from Manchester.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eEvery part tested before dispatch.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e30-day returns.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eTrusted by DIY repairers and independent repair shops.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\u003ch2\u003eFrequently asked questions\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eWill this back glass fit my iPhone 13 Pro?\u003c\/h3\u003e\u003cp\u003eNo. The iPhone 13 Pro has a larger triple-camera module and a different frame, so the camera cut-out does not line up.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eIs this iPhone 13 back glass the same colour as my phone?\u003c\/h3\u003e\u003cp\u003eIt is supplied in Blue to suit the iPhone 13. Choose the colour that matches your phone's frame, as shades can look slightly different under different lighting.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eDoes it include the camera lens?\u003c\/h3\u003e\u003cp\u003eThis listing is for the back glass panel. If the camera lens cover is also cracked, order a camera lens replacement separately.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eWill wireless charging still work?\u003c\/h3\u003e\u003cp\u003eYes, as long as the wireless charging coil under the glass is not damaged during removal. The coil is separate from the glass panel.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eHow fast will it arrive?\u003c\/h3\u003e\u003cp\u003eOrders placed before 4pm, Monday to Friday, are dispatched the same day from Manchester.\u003c\/p\u003e","brand":"The Repair Plus","offers":[{"title":"Default Title","offer_id":49843300106567,"sku":"","price":4.99,"currency_code":"GBP","in_stock":true}],"thumbnail_url":"\/\/cdn.shopify.com\/s\/files\/1\/0809\/2545\/8759\/files\/9330483003719-white.jpg?v=1790791748"},{"product_id":"for-apple-iphone-13-replacement-back-glass-midnight-the-repair-plus","title":"For Apple iPhone 13 Replacement Back Glass (Midnight) The Repair Plus","description":"\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eThe Repair Plus iPhone 13 Replacement Back Glass (Midnight)\u003c\/strong\u003e is a replacement rear glass cover in Midnight for the Apple iPhone 13 for fixing a cracked back that looks worn and can cut fingers. It is brand new, made to OEM standard fit, tested before dispatch and shipped the same day from Manchester when you order before 4pm, Monday to Friday.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch2\u003eKey features\u003c\/h2\u003e\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eFresh finish:\u003c\/strong\u003e the Midnight finish is made to suit the iPhone 13, so the back of your phone looks tidy again after the repair.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eMade for the iPhone 13 only:\u003c\/strong\u003e the panel shape and dual-camera cut-out follow OEM standard dimensions for this model.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eGlass panel only:\u003c\/strong\u003e a straightforward replacement for the rear glass, ideal when the frame, cameras and internals are undamaged.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eTested before dispatch:\u003c\/strong\u003e each panel is checked for cracks, chips and finish defects before it is packed.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eTrade friendly:\u003c\/strong\u003e suits DIY repairers and repair shops refurbishing phones for resale.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\u003ch2\u003eSpecifications\u003c\/h2\u003e\u003ctable\u003e\u003ctbody\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003ePart\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eRear back glass panel\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eColour\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eMidnight\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eCompatible model\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eApple iPhone 13 only\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eCondition\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eBrand new\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eQuality\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eOEM standard fit\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eDispatch\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eSame day before 4pm, Monday to Friday, from Manchester, UK\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eReturns\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e30 days\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003c\/tbody\u003e\u003c\/table\u003e\n\u003ch2\u003eiPhone 13 back glass compatibility\u003c\/h2\u003e\u003cp\u003eThis back glass fits the \u003cstrong\u003eApple iPhone 13\u003c\/strong\u003e only. It does not fit the iPhone 13 mini, iPhone 13 Pro or iPhone 13 Pro Max, which have different body sizes and camera layouts. To confirm your model, open \u003cem\u003eSettings \u0026gt; General \u0026gt; About\u003c\/em\u003e and check the model name before ordering.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch2\u003eHow to fit replacement back glass\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eOn the iPhone 13 the rear glass is bonded firmly to the frame. Most repair shops remove the broken glass with a laser back glass machine, then clean off old adhesive and glass fragments before fitting the new panel with fresh adhesive. Take care around the wireless charging coil and camera area, and clamp the panel while the adhesive cures.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch2\u003eWhy buy from The Repair Plus\u003c\/h2\u003e\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eSame-day dispatch when you order before 4pm, Monday to Friday.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eUK stock, shipped from Manchester.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eEvery part tested before dispatch.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e30-day returns.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eTrusted by DIY repairers and independent repair shops.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\u003ch2\u003eFrequently asked questions\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eWill this back glass fit my iPhone 13 Pro?\u003c\/h3\u003e\u003cp\u003eNo. The iPhone 13 Pro has a larger triple-camera module and a different frame, so the camera cut-out does not line up.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eIs this iPhone 13 back glass the same colour as my phone?\u003c\/h3\u003e\u003cp\u003eIt is supplied in Midnight to suit the iPhone 13. Choose the colour that matches your phone's frame, as shades can look slightly different under different lighting.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eDoes it include the camera lens?\u003c\/h3\u003e\u003cp\u003eThis listing is for the back glass panel. If the camera lens cover is also cracked, order a camera lens replacement separately.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eWill wireless charging still work?\u003c\/h3\u003e\u003cp\u003eYes, as long as the wireless charging coil under the glass is not damaged during removal. The coil is separate from the glass panel.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eHow fast will it arrive?\u003c\/h3\u003e\u003cp\u003eOrders placed before 4pm, Monday to Friday, are dispatched the same day from Manchester.\u003c\/p\u003e","brand":"The Repair Plus","offers":[{"title":"Default Title","offer_id":49843311247687,"sku":"","price":4.99,"currency_code":"GBP","in_stock":true}],"thumbnail_url":"\/\/cdn.shopify.com\/s\/files\/1\/0809\/2545\/8759\/files\/9330487886151-white.jpg?v=1790791748"},{"product_id":"for-apple-iphone-13-replacement-back-glass-pink-the-repair-plus","title":"For Apple iPhone 13 Replacement Back Glass (Pink) The Repair Plus","description":"\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eThe Repair Plus iPhone 13 Replacement Back Glass (Pink)\u003c\/strong\u003e is a replacement rear glass panel in Pink for the Apple iPhone 13 for fixing a cracked, shattered or scratched back. It is brand new, made to OEM standard fit, tested before dispatch and shipped the same day from Manchester when you order before 4pm, Monday to Friday.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch2\u003eKey features\u003c\/h2\u003e\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eColour-matched finish:\u003c\/strong\u003e the Pink finish is made to suit the iPhone 13, so the back of your phone looks tidy again after the repair.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eMade for the iPhone 13 only:\u003c\/strong\u003e the panel shape and dual-camera cut-out follow OEM standard dimensions for this model.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eGlass panel only:\u003c\/strong\u003e a straightforward replacement for the rear glass, ideal when the frame, cameras and internals are undamaged.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eTested before dispatch:\u003c\/strong\u003e each panel is checked for cracks, chips and finish defects before it is packed.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eTrade friendly:\u003c\/strong\u003e suits DIY repairers and repair shops refurbishing phones for resale.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\u003ch2\u003eSpecifications\u003c\/h2\u003e\u003ctable\u003e\u003ctbody\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003ePart\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eRear back glass panel\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eColour\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003ePink\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eCompatible model\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eApple iPhone 13 only\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eCondition\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eBrand new\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eQuality\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eOEM standard fit\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eDispatch\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eSame day before 4pm, Monday to Friday, from Manchester, UK\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eReturns\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e30 days\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003c\/tbody\u003e\u003c\/table\u003e\n\u003ch2\u003eiPhone 13 back glass compatibility\u003c\/h2\u003e\u003cp\u003eThis back glass fits the \u003cstrong\u003eApple iPhone 13\u003c\/strong\u003e only. It does not fit the iPhone 13 mini, iPhone 13 Pro or iPhone 13 Pro Max, which have different body sizes and camera layouts. To confirm your model, open \u003cem\u003eSettings \u0026gt; General \u0026gt; About\u003c\/em\u003e and check the model name before ordering.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch2\u003eHow to fit replacement back glass\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eOn the iPhone 13 the rear glass is bonded firmly to the frame. Most repair shops remove the broken glass with a laser back glass machine, then clean off old adhesive and glass fragments before fitting the new panel with fresh adhesive. Take care around the wireless charging coil and camera area, and clamp the panel while the adhesive cures.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch2\u003eWhy buy from The Repair Plus\u003c\/h2\u003e\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eSame-day dispatch when you order before 4pm, Monday to Friday.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eUK stock, shipped from Manchester.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eEvery part tested before dispatch.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e30-day returns.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eTrusted by DIY repairers and independent repair shops.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\u003ch2\u003eFrequently asked questions\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eWill this back glass fit my iPhone 13 Pro?\u003c\/h3\u003e\u003cp\u003eNo. The iPhone 13 Pro has a larger triple-camera module and a different frame, so the camera cut-out does not line up.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eIs this iPhone 13 back glass the same colour as my phone?\u003c\/h3\u003e\u003cp\u003eIt is supplied in Pink to suit the iPhone 13. Choose the colour that matches your phone's frame, as shades can look slightly different under different lighting.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eDoes it include the camera lens?\u003c\/h3\u003e\u003cp\u003eThis listing is for the back glass panel. If the camera lens cover is also cracked, order a camera lens replacement separately.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eWill wireless charging still work?\u003c\/h3\u003e\u003cp\u003eYes, as long as the wireless charging coil under the glass is not damaged during removal. The coil is separate from the glass panel.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eHow fast will it arrive?\u003c\/h3\u003e\u003cp\u003eOrders placed before 4pm, Monday to Friday, are dispatched the same day from Manchester.\u003c\/p\u003e","brand":"The Repair Plus","offers":[{"title":"Default Title","offer_id":49843318292807,"sku":"","price":4.99,"currency_code":"GBP","in_stock":true}],"thumbnail_url":"\/\/cdn.shopify.com\/s\/files\/1\/0809\/2545\/8759\/files\/9330491359559-white.jpg?v=1790791748"},{"product_id":"for-apple-iphone-13-replacement-back-glass-red-the-repair-plus","title":"For Apple iPhone 13 Replacement Back Glass (Red) The Repair Plus","description":"\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eThe Repair Plus iPhone 13 Replacement Back Glass (Red)\u003c\/strong\u003e is a brand new rear glass panel in Red for the Apple iPhone 13 for fixing a smashed or chipped rear panel. It is brand new, made to OEM standard fit, tested before dispatch and shipped the same day from Manchester when you order before 4pm, Monday to Friday.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch2\u003eKey features\u003c\/h2\u003e\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eFinish that matches:\u003c\/strong\u003e the Red finish is made to suit the iPhone 13, so the back of your phone looks tidy again after the repair.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eMade for the iPhone 13 only:\u003c\/strong\u003e the panel shape and dual-camera cut-out follow OEM standard dimensions for this model.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eGlass panel only:\u003c\/strong\u003e a straightforward replacement for the rear glass, ideal when the frame, cameras and internals are undamaged.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eTested before dispatch:\u003c\/strong\u003e each panel is checked for cracks, chips and finish defects before it is packed.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eTrade friendly:\u003c\/strong\u003e suits DIY repairers and repair shops refurbishing phones for resale.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\u003ch2\u003eSpecifications\u003c\/h2\u003e\u003ctable\u003e\u003ctbody\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003ePart\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eRear back glass panel\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eColour\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eRed\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eCompatible model\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eApple iPhone 13 only\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eCondition\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eBrand new\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eQuality\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eOEM standard fit\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eDispatch\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eSame day before 4pm, Monday to Friday, from Manchester, UK\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eReturns\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e30 days\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003c\/tbody\u003e\u003c\/table\u003e\n\u003ch2\u003eiPhone 13 back glass compatibility\u003c\/h2\u003e\u003cp\u003eThis back glass fits the \u003cstrong\u003eApple iPhone 13\u003c\/strong\u003e only. It does not fit the iPhone 13 mini, iPhone 13 Pro or iPhone 13 Pro Max, which have different body sizes and camera layouts. To confirm your model, open \u003cem\u003eSettings \u0026gt; General \u0026gt; About\u003c\/em\u003e and check the model name before ordering.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch2\u003eHow to fit replacement back glass\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eOn the iPhone 13 the rear glass is bonded firmly to the frame. Most repair shops remove the broken glass with a laser back glass machine, then clean off old adhesive and glass fragments before fitting the new panel with fresh adhesive. Take care around the wireless charging coil and camera area, and clamp the panel while the adhesive cures.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch2\u003eWhy buy from The Repair Plus\u003c\/h2\u003e\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eSame-day dispatch when you order before 4pm, Monday to Friday.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eUK stock, shipped from Manchester.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eEvery part tested before dispatch.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e30-day returns.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eTrusted by DIY repairers and independent repair shops.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\u003ch2\u003eFrequently asked questions\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eWill this back glass fit my iPhone 13 Pro?\u003c\/h3\u003e\u003cp\u003eNo. The iPhone 13 Pro has a larger triple-camera module and a different frame, so the camera cut-out does not line up.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eIs this iPhone 13 back glass the same colour as my phone?\u003c\/h3\u003e\u003cp\u003eIt is supplied in Red to suit the iPhone 13. Choose the colour that matches your phone's frame, as shades can look slightly different under different lighting.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eDoes it include the camera lens?\u003c\/h3\u003e\u003cp\u003eThis listing is for the back glass panel. If the camera lens cover is also cracked, order a camera lens replacement separately.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eWill wireless charging still work?\u003c\/h3\u003e\u003cp\u003eYes, as long as the wireless charging coil under the glass is not damaged during removal. The coil is separate from the glass panel.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eHow fast will it arrive?\u003c\/h3\u003e\u003cp\u003eOrders placed before 4pm, Monday to Friday, are dispatched the same day from Manchester.\u003c\/p\u003e","brand":"The Repair Plus","offers":[{"title":"Default Title","offer_id":49843328745799,"sku":"","price":4.49,"currency_code":"GBP","in_stock":true}],"thumbnail_url":"\/\/cdn.shopify.com\/s\/files\/1\/0809\/2545\/8759\/files\/9330495160647-white.jpg?v=1790791748"},{"product_id":"for-apple-iphone-13-replacement-back-glass-starlight-the-repair-plus","title":"For Apple iPhone 13 Replacement Back Glass (Starlight) The Repair Plus","description":"\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eThe Repair Plus iPhone 13 Replacement Back Glass (Starlight)\u003c\/strong\u003e is a replacement back panel in Starlight for the Apple iPhone 13 for fixing cracked or badly scuffed back glass. It is brand new, made to OEM standard fit, tested before dispatch and shipped the same day from Manchester when you order before 4pm, Monday to Friday.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch2\u003eKey features\u003c\/h2\u003e\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eClean colour match:\u003c\/strong\u003e the Starlight finish is made to suit the iPhone 13, so the back of your phone looks tidy again after the repair.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eMade for the iPhone 13 only:\u003c\/strong\u003e the panel shape and dual-camera cut-out follow OEM standard dimensions for this model.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eGlass panel only:\u003c\/strong\u003e a straightforward replacement for the rear glass, ideal when the frame, cameras and internals are undamaged.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eTested before dispatch:\u003c\/strong\u003e each panel is checked for cracks, chips and finish defects before it is packed.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eTrade friendly:\u003c\/strong\u003e suits DIY repairers and repair shops refurbishing phones for resale.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\u003ch2\u003eSpecifications\u003c\/h2\u003e\u003ctable\u003e\u003ctbody\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003ePart\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eRear back glass panel\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eColour\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eStarlight\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eCompatible model\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eApple iPhone 13 only\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eCondition\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eBrand new\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eQuality\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eOEM standard fit\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eDispatch\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eSame day before 4pm, Monday to Friday, from Manchester, UK\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eReturns\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e30 days\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003c\/tbody\u003e\u003c\/table\u003e\n\u003ch2\u003eiPhone 13 back glass compatibility\u003c\/h2\u003e\u003cp\u003eThis back glass fits the \u003cstrong\u003eApple iPhone 13\u003c\/strong\u003e only. It does not fit the iPhone 13 mini, iPhone 13 Pro or iPhone 13 Pro Max, which have different body sizes and camera layouts. To confirm your model, open \u003cem\u003eSettings \u0026gt; General \u0026gt; About\u003c\/em\u003e and check the model name before ordering.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch2\u003eHow to fit replacement back glass\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eOn the iPhone 13 the rear glass is bonded firmly to the frame. Most repair shops remove the broken glass with a laser back glass machine, then clean off old adhesive and glass fragments before fitting the new panel with fresh adhesive. Take care around the wireless charging coil and camera area, and clamp the panel while the adhesive cures.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch2\u003eWhy buy from The Repair Plus\u003c\/h2\u003e\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eSame-day dispatch when you order before 4pm, Monday to Friday.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eUK stock, shipped from Manchester.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eEvery part tested before dispatch.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e30-day returns.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eTrusted by DIY repairers and independent repair shops.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\u003ch2\u003eFrequently asked questions\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eWill this back glass fit my iPhone 13 Pro?\u003c\/h3\u003e\u003cp\u003eNo. The iPhone 13 Pro has a larger triple-camera module and a different frame, so the camera cut-out does not line up.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eIs this iPhone 13 back glass the same colour as my phone?\u003c\/h3\u003e\u003cp\u003eIt is supplied in Starlight to suit the iPhone 13. Choose the colour that matches your phone's frame, as shades can look slightly different under different lighting.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eDoes it include the camera lens?\u003c\/h3\u003e\u003cp\u003eThis listing is for the back glass panel. If the camera lens cover is also cracked, order a camera lens replacement separately.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eWill wireless charging still work?\u003c\/h3\u003e\u003cp\u003eYes, as long as the wireless charging coil under the glass is not damaged during removal. The coil is separate from the glass panel.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eHow fast will it arrive?\u003c\/h3\u003e\u003cp\u003eOrders placed before 4pm, Monday to Friday, are dispatched the same day from Manchester.\u003c\/p\u003e","brand":"The Repair Plus","offers":[{"title":"Default Title","offer_id":49843340542279,"sku":"","price":4.99,"currency_code":"GBP","in_stock":true}],"thumbnail_url":"\/\/cdn.shopify.com\/s\/files\/1\/0809\/2545\/8759\/files\/9330499813703-white.jpg?v=1790791748"},{"product_id":"for-apple-iphone-13-replacement-power-button-flex-the-repair-plus","title":"For Apple iPhone 13 Replacement Power Button Flex The Repair Plus","description":"\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eThe Repair Plus power button flex cable for iPhone 13\u003c\/strong\u003e is a brand new replacement side button ribbon for the Apple iPhone 13. It fixes a power button that feels loose, stays stuck or no longer locks, wakes or restarts the phone. OEM standard and tested before dispatch, it is shipped the same day from Manchester when you order before 4pm, Monday to Friday.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch2\u003eKey features\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eRestores the side button:\u003c\/strong\u003e brings back lock, wake, Siri and power-off functions when the flex has failed.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eMade for iPhone 13:\u003c\/strong\u003e shaped to the iPhone 13 frame and connector, so it sits flat and routes cleanly.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eFixes common faults:\u003c\/strong\u003e ideal after drops, liquid damage or years of heavy clicking wear the contact.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eTested before dispatch:\u003c\/strong\u003e each flex is checked before it leaves our Manchester warehouse.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eTrade friendly:\u003c\/strong\u003e a low-cost stock part for repair shops handling iPhone 13 button jobs.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\u003ch2\u003eSpecifications\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003ctable\u003e\n\u003ctbody\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003ePart\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003ePower (side) button flex cable\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eCompatible model(s)\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eApple iPhone 13\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eCondition\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eBrand new\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eQuality\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eOEM standard fit\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eDispatch\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eSame day before 4pm, Monday to Friday, from Manchester, UK\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eReturns\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e30 days\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003c\/tbody\u003e\n\u003c\/table\u003e\n\u003ch2\u003eCompatibility\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eFits the \u003cstrong\u003eiPhone 13\u003c\/strong\u003e only. It does not fit the iPhone 13 mini, iPhone 13 Pro or iPhone 13 Pro Max, which have different internal layouts. Check your model in \u003cem\u003eSettings \u0026gt; General \u0026gt; About\u003c\/em\u003e before ordering.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch2\u003eBefore you replace the flex\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eCheck the fault is the flex and not a case or the button cap itself. Remove any tight case and press the button firmly. If the phone still does not respond, and \u003cem\u003eAssistiveTouch\u003c\/em\u003e can still lock the screen, the flex is the most likely cause.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eFitting requires opening the phone, so you will need a heat pad or heat gun, suction cup, pentalobe and tri-point screwdrivers, a spudger and new screen adhesive. Disconnect the battery before touching any flex.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch2\u003eWhy buy from The Repair Plus\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eSame-day dispatch when you order before 4pm, Monday to Friday.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eUK stock, shipped from Manchester.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eEvery part tested before dispatch.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e30-day returns.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eTrusted by DIY repairers and independent repair shops.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\u003ch2\u003eFrequently asked questions\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eWill this power flex fit my iPhone 13 Pro?\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eNo. It is made for the standard iPhone 13 only. The iPhone 13 Pro needs its own power button flex.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eIs this hard to fit?\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eIt is an intermediate repair because the flex sits inside the frame. With the right tools and a careful approach, experienced DIY repairers can fit it at home.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eWill iOS show a parts message after fitting?\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eA button flex is not a paired part, so iOS does not normally show a parts notice for it.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eHow quickly will it arrive?\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eOrders placed before 4pm, Monday to Friday, are dispatched the same day from Manchester.\u003c\/p\u003e\n","brand":"The Repair Plus","offers":[{"title":"Default Title","offer_id":49843378553159,"sku":"","price":3.99,"currency_code":"GBP","in_stock":true}],"thumbnail_url":"\/\/cdn.shopify.com\/s\/files\/1\/0809\/2545\/8759\/files\/9330515345735-white.jpg?v=1790791748"},{"product_id":"for-apple-iphone-13-13-mini-replacement-camera-lens-with-bezel-midnight-the-repair-plus","title":"For Apple iPhone 13 \/ 13 Mini Replacement Camera Lens With Bezel (Midnight) The Repair Plus","description":"\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eThe Repair Plus camera lens with bezel for iPhone 13 and iPhone 13 mini in Midnight\u003c\/strong\u003e is a replacement rear camera glass and metal surround for fixing cracked lenses or a scraped, bent bezel. It is brand new, OEM standard, colour-matched to Midnight and shipped the same day from Manchester when you order before 4pm, Monday to Friday.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003ch2\u003eKey features\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n  \u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eLens and bezel together:\u003c\/strong\u003e glass comes fitted in its metal surround, so there is no fiddly glass alignment.\u003c\/li\u003e\n  \u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eFits two models:\u003c\/strong\u003e made for both the iPhone 13 and iPhone 13 mini.\u003c\/li\u003e\n  \u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eMidnight colour:\u003c\/strong\u003e matches the Midnight finish of your phone.\u003c\/li\u003e\n  \u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eFixes glass and frame damage:\u003c\/strong\u003e ideal when the bezel is scraped or bent as well as the glass cracked.\u003c\/li\u003e\n  \u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eTested before dispatch:\u003c\/strong\u003e every part is checked before it leaves Manchester.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\n\u003ch2\u003eSpecifications\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003ctable\u003e\n  \u003ctbody\u003e\n    \u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003ePart\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eRear camera lens with bezel\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n    \u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eColour\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eMidnight\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n    \u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eCompatible models\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eiPhone 13, iPhone 13 mini\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n    \u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eCondition\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eBrand new\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n    \u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eQuality\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eOEM standard\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n    \u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eDispatch\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eSame day before 4pm, Monday to Friday, from Manchester, UK\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n    \u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eReturns\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e30 days\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n  \u003c\/tbody\u003e\n\u003c\/table\u003e\n\n\u003ch2\u003eCompatibility\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eFits the \u003cstrong\u003eiPhone 13\u003c\/strong\u003e and \u003cstrong\u003eiPhone 13 mini\u003c\/strong\u003e. It does not fit the iPhone 13 Pro or iPhone 13 Pro Max, which have triple cameras. Check your model in \u003cem\u003eSettings \u0026gt; General \u0026gt; About\u003c\/em\u003e.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003ch2\u003eWith bezel or glass only?\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eA lens with bezel is best when the metal ring around the cameras is scraped or bent, or when you want a faster, cleaner fit, as the glass already sits in its frame. Warm the area to soften the adhesive, lift out the old lens and bezel, clean the recess and press the new part in with fresh adhesive. Take test photos on both rear cameras afterwards.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003ch2\u003eWhy buy from The Repair Plus\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n  \u003cli\u003eSame-day dispatch when you order before 4pm, Monday to Friday.\u003c\/li\u003e\n  \u003cli\u003eUK stock, shipped from Manchester.\u003c\/li\u003e\n  \u003cli\u003eEvery part tested before dispatch.\u003c\/li\u003e\n  \u003cli\u003e30-day returns.\u003c\/li\u003e\n  \u003cli\u003eTrusted by DIY repairers and independent repair shops.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\n\u003ch2\u003eFrequently asked questions\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eDoes it fit both the iPhone 13 and 13 mini?\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eYes. This lens with bezel is listed for both models.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eWill it fit the iPhone 13 Pro?\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eNo. The iPhone 13 Pro has a triple camera and a larger lens.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eIs the colour Midnight?\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eYes. The bezel is in Midnight to match your phone.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eWhen will it ship?\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eOrders placed before 4pm, Monday to Friday, are dispatched the same day from Manchester.\u003c\/p\u003e","brand":"The Repair Plus","offers":[{"title":"Default Title","offer_id":49843388776775,"sku":"","price":2.99,"currency_code":"GBP","in_stock":true}],"thumbnail_url":"\/\/cdn.shopify.com\/s\/files\/1\/0809\/2545\/8759\/files\/9330518589767-white.jpg?v=1790791749"},{"product_id":"for-apple-iphone-13-replacement-sim-card-tray-blue-the-repair-plus","title":"For Apple iPhone 13 Replacement Sim Card Tray (Blue) The Repair Plus","description":"\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eThe Repair Plus iPhone 13 SIM card tray (Blue)\u003c\/strong\u003e is the part you need when the SIM tray on your iPhone 13 is lost, snapped or will not sit flush. This brand new blue tray is made to OEM standard fit, holds a nano-SIM securely, and is shipped the same day from Manchester when you order before 4pm, Monday to Friday.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003ch2\u003eKey features\u003c\/h2\u003e\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eReplaces a lost or bent tray:\u003c\/strong\u003e restores a phone that has no tray or one that will not close.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eBuilt for iPhone 13:\u003c\/strong\u003e OEM standard fit for the correct size and profile.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eBlue to suit your phone:\u003c\/strong\u003e keeps the frame looking complete and tidy.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eNano-SIM holder:\u003c\/strong\u003e seats the card correctly for reliable network detection.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eChecked before shipping:\u003c\/strong\u003e each tray is inspected before dispatch from Manchester.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\u003ch2\u003eSpecifications\u003c\/h2\u003e\u003ctable\u003e\u003ctbody\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003ePart\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eNano-SIM card tray\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eColour\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eBlue\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eCompatible model(s)\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eiPhone 13\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eCondition\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eBrand new\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eQuality\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eOEM standard fit\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eDispatch\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eSame day before 4pm, Monday to Friday, from Manchester, UK\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eReturns\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e30 days\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003c\/tbody\u003e\u003c\/table\u003e\u003ch2\u003eCompatibility: iPhone 13 SIM tray\u003c\/h2\u003e\u003cp\u003eThis tray fits the standard \u003cstrong\u003eiPhone 13\u003c\/strong\u003e only. It does not fit the iPhone 13 mini, iPhone 13 Pro or iPhone 13 Pro Max, or any iPhone 12 model. Those phones have their own trays. Check your model in \u003cem\u003eSettings \u0026gt; General \u0026gt; About\u003c\/em\u003e before ordering. The tray colour should also match your phone's frame colour.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003ch2\u003eFitting tips\u003c\/h2\u003e\u003cp\u003eAlways fit the SIM card into the tray first, then slide the tray in gently. Never force it: if it will not go in, check the SIM is sitting flat and the tray is the right way round. Keep an ejector pin handy so you can remove the tray without scratching the frame.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003ch2\u003eWhy buy from The Repair Plus\u003c\/h2\u003e\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eOrder before 4pm, Monday to Friday, and it ships the same day.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eHeld in UK stock and sent from Manchester.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eEach part is tested before dispatch.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e30-day returns for peace of mind.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eUsed by DIY repairers and repair shops across the UK.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\u003ch2\u003eFrequently asked questions\u003c\/h2\u003e\u003ch3\u003eWill this tray fit my iPhone 13 Pro?\u003c\/h3\u003e\u003cp\u003eNo. The iPhone 13 Pro and 13 Pro Max use a different tray to the standard iPhone 13. Pick the 13 Pro \/ 13 Pro Max tray for those phones.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003ch3\u003eDoes it come with a SIM card?\u003c\/h3\u003e\u003cp\u003eNo. This is the tray only. Move your existing nano-SIM card from the old tray, or ask your network for a replacement SIM if it was lost with the tray.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003ch3\u003eDo I need to open the phone to fit it?\u003c\/h3\u003e\u003cp\u003eProfessional installation is recommended. Screens and small parts are delicate, so we recommend having this part fitted by a qualified repair technician. Damage caused during fitting is not a product fault.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003ch3\u003eIs the Blue exactly the same shade as my phone?\u003c\/h3\u003e\u003cp\u003eIt is made to match Blue iPhone 13 handsets closely. Small differences in shade are possible between batches and against an older, worn frame.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003ch3\u003eHow fast will it arrive?\u003c\/h3\u003e\u003cp\u003eOrders placed before 4pm, Monday to Friday, are dispatched the same day from Manchester.\u003c\/p\u003e","brand":"The Repair Plus","offers":[{"title":"Default Title","offer_id":49843398312263,"sku":"","price":1.99,"currency_code":"GBP","in_stock":true}],"thumbnail_url":"\/\/cdn.shopify.com\/s\/files\/1\/0809\/2545\/8759\/files\/9330521047367-white.jpg?v=1790791749"},{"product_id":"for-apple-iphone-13-replacement-sim-card-tray-pink-the-repair-plus","title":"For Apple iPhone 13 Replacement Sim Card Tray (Pink) The Repair Plus","description":"\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eThe Repair Plus iPhone 13 SIM card tray (Pink)\u003c\/strong\u003e is a brand new pink SIM card tray made to OEM standard fit for iPhone 13. Use it to replace a tray that has gone missing, bent out of shape or broken at the pull-out edge, so your nano-SIM is held firmly again. Shipped the same day from Manchester when you order before 4pm, Monday to Friday.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003ch2\u003eKey features\u003c\/h2\u003e\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eMade for iPhone 13:\u003c\/strong\u003e shaped to sit flush in the iPhone 13 frame with OEM standard fit.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003ePink finish:\u003c\/strong\u003e chosen to match a pink phone, so the repair does not stand out.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eHolds a nano-SIM securely:\u003c\/strong\u003e keeps the card aligned with the SIM reader pins so the phone detects it.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eSimple to fit:\u003c\/strong\u003e slides in by hand with no tools beyond a SIM ejector pin.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eTested before dispatch:\u003c\/strong\u003e every tray is checked for shape and fit before it leaves us.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\u003ch2\u003eSpecifications\u003c\/h2\u003e\u003ctable\u003e\u003ctbody\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003ePart\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eNano-SIM card tray\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eColour\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003ePink\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eCompatible model(s)\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eiPhone 13\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eCondition\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eBrand new\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eQuality\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eOEM standard fit\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eDispatch\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eSame day before 4pm, Monday to Friday, from Manchester, UK\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eReturns\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e30 days\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003c\/tbody\u003e\u003c\/table\u003e\u003ch2\u003eCompatibility: iPhone 13 SIM tray\u003c\/h2\u003e\u003cp\u003eThis tray fits the standard \u003cstrong\u003eiPhone 13\u003c\/strong\u003e only. It does not fit the iPhone 13 mini, iPhone 13 Pro or iPhone 13 Pro Max, or any iPhone 12 model. Those phones have their own trays. Check your model in \u003cem\u003eSettings \u0026gt; General \u0026gt; About\u003c\/em\u003e before ordering. The tray colour should also match your phone's frame colour.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003ch2\u003eHow to fit a replacement SIM tray\u003c\/h2\u003e\u003col\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eTurn the phone off.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003ePush a SIM ejector pin or straightened paper clip into the small hole on the tray and remove any broken tray.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003ePlace your nano-SIM in the new tray, lining up the cut corner with the tray.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eSlide the tray back in, face the same way as before, until it sits flush with the frame.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eTurn the phone on and check it shows your network.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ol\u003e\u003ch2\u003eWhy buy from The Repair Plus\u003c\/h2\u003e\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eSame-day dispatch when you order before 4pm, Monday to Friday.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eUK stock, shipped from Manchester.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eEvery part tested before dispatch.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e30-day returns.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eTrusted by DIY repairers and independent repair shops.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\u003ch2\u003eFrequently asked questions\u003c\/h2\u003e\u003ch3\u003eWill this tray fit my iPhone 13 Pro?\u003c\/h3\u003e\u003cp\u003eNo. The iPhone 13 Pro and 13 Pro Max use a different tray to the standard iPhone 13. Pick the 13 Pro \/ 13 Pro Max tray for those phones.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003ch3\u003eDoes it come with a SIM card?\u003c\/h3\u003e\u003cp\u003eNo. This is the tray only. Move your existing nano-SIM card from the old tray, or ask your network for a replacement SIM if it was lost with the tray.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003ch3\u003eIs the Pink exactly the same shade as my phone?\u003c\/h3\u003e\u003cp\u003eIt is made to match Pink iPhone 13 handsets closely. Small differences in shade are possible between batches and against an older, worn frame.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003ch3\u003eHow fast will it arrive?\u003c\/h3\u003e\u003cp\u003eOrders placed before 4pm, Monday to Friday, are dispatched the same day from Manchester.\u003c\/p\u003e","brand":"The Repair Plus","offers":[{"title":"Default Title","offer_id":49843405521223,"sku":"","price":1.99,"currency_code":"GBP","in_stock":true}],"thumbnail_url":"\/\/cdn.shopify.com\/s\/files\/1\/0809\/2545\/8759\/files\/9330522915143-white.jpg?v=1790791749"},{"product_id":"for-apple-iphone-13-mini-replacement-sim-card-tray-midnight-the-repair-plus","title":"For Apple iPhone 13 Mini Replacement Sim Card Tray (Midnight) The Repair Plus","description":"\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eThe Repair Plus iPhone 13 mini SIM card tray (Midnight)\u003c\/strong\u003e is a brand new replacement nano-SIM card tray for iPhone 13 mini, in Midnight. It fixes a lost, bent, snapped or missing tray so your SIM card sits securely and the side of your phone is sealed and tidy again. Made to OEM standard fit and shipped the same day from Manchester when you order before 4pm, Monday to Friday.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003ch2\u003eKey features\u003c\/h2\u003e\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eReplaces a lost or bent tray:\u003c\/strong\u003e restores a phone that has no tray or one that will not close.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eBuilt for iPhone 13 mini:\u003c\/strong\u003e OEM standard fit for the correct size and profile.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eMidnight to suit your phone:\u003c\/strong\u003e keeps the frame looking complete and tidy.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eNano-SIM holder:\u003c\/strong\u003e seats the card correctly for reliable network detection.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eChecked before shipping:\u003c\/strong\u003e each tray is inspected before dispatch from Manchester.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\u003ch2\u003eSpecifications\u003c\/h2\u003e\u003ctable\u003e\u003ctbody\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003ePart\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eNano-SIM card tray\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eColour\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eMidnight\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eCompatible model(s)\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eiPhone 13 mini\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eCondition\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eBrand new\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eQuality\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eOEM standard fit\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eDispatch\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eSame day before 4pm, Monday to Friday, from Manchester, UK\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eReturns\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e30 days\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003c\/tbody\u003e\u003c\/table\u003e\u003ch2\u003eCompatibility: iPhone 13 mini SIM tray\u003c\/h2\u003e\u003cp\u003eThis tray fits the \u003cstrong\u003eiPhone 13 mini\u003c\/strong\u003e only. It does not fit the iPhone 13, iPhone 13 Pro, iPhone 13 Pro Max or the iPhone 12 mini, which each need their own tray. Check your model in \u003cem\u003eSettings \u0026gt; General \u0026gt; About\u003c\/em\u003e before ordering. The tray colour should also match your phone's frame colour.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003ch2\u003eHow to fit a replacement SIM tray\u003c\/h2\u003e\u003col\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eTurn the phone off.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003ePush a SIM ejector pin or straightened paper clip into the small hole on the tray and remove any broken tray.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003ePlace your nano-SIM in the new tray, lining up the cut corner with the tray.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eSlide the tray back in, face the same way as before, until it sits flush with the frame.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eTurn the phone on and check it shows your network.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ol\u003e\u003ch2\u003eWhy buy from The Repair Plus\u003c\/h2\u003e\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eOrder before 4pm, Monday to Friday, and it ships the same day.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eHeld in UK stock and sent from Manchester.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eEach part is tested before dispatch.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e30-day returns for peace of mind.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eUsed by DIY repairers and repair shops across the UK.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\u003ch2\u003eFrequently asked questions\u003c\/h2\u003e\u003ch3\u003eWill this tray fit my iPhone 12 mini?\u003c\/h3\u003e\u003cp\u003eThis tray is listed for the iPhone 13 mini only. For an iPhone 12 mini, choose the tray made for that model so the fit and colour are right.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003ch3\u003eDoes it come with a SIM card?\u003c\/h3\u003e\u003cp\u003eNo. This is the tray only. Move your existing nano-SIM card from the old tray, or ask your network for a replacement SIM if it was lost with the tray.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003ch3\u003eDo I need to open the phone to fit it?\u003c\/h3\u003e\u003cp\u003eProfessional installation is recommended. Screens and small parts are delicate, so we recommend having this part fitted by a qualified repair technician. Damage caused during fitting is not a product fault.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003ch3\u003eIs the Midnight exactly the same shade as my phone?\u003c\/h3\u003e\u003cp\u003eIt is made to match Midnight iPhone 13 mini handsets closely. Small differences in shade are possible between batches and against an older, worn frame.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003ch3\u003eHow fast will it arrive?\u003c\/h3\u003e\u003cp\u003eOrders placed before 4pm, Monday to Friday, are dispatched the same day from Manchester.\u003c\/p\u003e","brand":"The Repair Plus","offers":[{"title":"Default Title","offer_id":49843414630727,"sku":"","price":1.99,"currency_code":"GBP","in_stock":true}],"thumbnail_url":"\/\/cdn.shopify.com\/s\/files\/1\/0809\/2545\/8759\/files\/9330525438279-white.jpg?v=1790791749"},{"product_id":"for-apple-iphone-13-mini-replacement-wifi-flex-the-repair-plus","title":"For Apple iPhone 13 Mini Replacement WiFi Flex The Repair Plus","description":"\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eThe Repair Plus WiFi antenna flex for iPhone 13 mini\u003c\/strong\u003e is a replacement WiFi antenna flex cable for the iPhone 13 mini. It fixes weak WiFi signal and dropouts away from the router caused by a damaged antenna flex. Brand new, OEM standard fit and shipped the same day from Manchester when you order before 4pm, Monday to Friday.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003ch2\u003eKey features\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n  \u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eMade for iPhone 13 mini:\u003c\/strong\u003e shaped to the 13 mini frame and connector.\u003c\/li\u003e\n  \u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eImproves weak signal:\u003c\/strong\u003e restores normal WiFi range when the antenna link is damaged.\u003c\/li\u003e\n  \u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eCommon after drops and repairs:\u003c\/strong\u003e replaces flexes torn or pinched during previous work.\u003c\/li\u003e\n  \u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eTested before dispatch:\u003c\/strong\u003e checked before it leaves Manchester.\u003c\/li\u003e\n  \u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eTrade friendly:\u003c\/strong\u003e a low-cost part for repair shops.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\n\u003ch2\u003eSpecifications\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003ctable\u003e\n  \u003ctbody\u003e\n    \u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003ePart\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eWiFi antenna flex cable\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n    \u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eCompatible model\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eiPhone 13 mini only\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n    \u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eCondition\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eBrand new\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n    \u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eQuality\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eOEM standard\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n    \u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eDispatch\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eSame day before 4pm, Monday to Friday, from Manchester, UK\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n    \u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eReturns\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e30 days\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n  \u003c\/tbody\u003e\n\u003c\/table\u003e\n\n\u003ch2\u003eCompatibility\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eFits the \u003cstrong\u003eiPhone 13 mini\u003c\/strong\u003e only. It does not fit the iPhone 13, iPhone 13 Pro or iPhone 13 Pro Max. Check your model in \u003cem\u003eSettings \u0026gt; General \u0026gt; About\u003c\/em\u003e before ordering.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003ch2\u003eAntenna flex or logic board fault?\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eIf WiFi is weak only away from the router, or signal dropped after a repair, the antenna flex is the likely cause. If the WiFi switch is greyed out in Settings or WiFi will not turn on, the fault is usually on the logic board and this part will not fix it.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003ch2\u003eWhy buy from The Repair Plus\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n  \u003cli\u003eSame-day dispatch when you order before 4pm, Monday to Friday.\u003c\/li\u003e\n  \u003cli\u003eUK stock, shipped from Manchester.\u003c\/li\u003e\n  \u003cli\u003eEvery part tested before dispatch.\u003c\/li\u003e\n  \u003cli\u003e30-day returns.\u003c\/li\u003e\n  \u003cli\u003eTrusted by DIY repairers and independent repair shops.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\n\u003ch2\u003eFrequently asked questions\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eWill this fit the iPhone 13, iPhone 13 Pro?\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eNo. This flex is made for the iPhone 13 mini only.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eMy WiFi toggle is greyed out. Will this help?\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eUsually not. A greyed-out WiFi switch normally means a logic board fault, not an antenna flex fault.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eDoes this affect Bluetooth too?\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eWiFi and Bluetooth share antenna paths on iPhones, so a damaged flex can hurt both and replacing it can help both.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eHow fast is dispatch?\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eOrder before 4pm, Monday to Friday, and we ship the same day from Manchester.\u003c\/p\u003e","brand":"The Repair Plus","offers":[{"title":"Default Title","offer_id":49843434127687,"sku":"","price":2.99,"currency_code":"GBP","in_stock":true}],"thumbnail_url":"\/\/cdn.shopify.com\/s\/files\/1\/0809\/2545\/8759\/files\/9330530025799-white.jpg?v=1790791749"},{"product_id":"for-apple-iphone-13-mini-replacement-back-glass-alpine-green-the-repair-plus","title":"For Apple iPhone 13 Mini Replacement Back Glass (Alpine Green) The Repair Plus","description":"\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eThe Repair Plus back glass for iPhone 13 mini (Alpine Green)\u003c\/strong\u003e is a brand new replacement rear glass panel in an Alpine Green finish for fixing a cracked or shattered back on the iPhone 13 mini. Made to OEM standard, it is tested before dispatch and shipped the same day from Manchester when you order before 4pm, Monday to Friday.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003ch2\u003eKey features\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n  \u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eExact fit for the iPhone 13 mini:\u003c\/strong\u003e made to OEM standard dimensions for this model only.\u003c\/li\u003e\n  \u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eColour matched:\u003c\/strong\u003e an Alpine Green finish to keep your phone looking as it should.\u003c\/li\u003e\n  \u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eRestores the rear seal:\u003c\/strong\u003e closes up cracks that let dust and grit into the phone.\u003c\/li\u003e\n  \u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eGreat for resale:\u003c\/strong\u003e a fresh back makes a used iPhone 13 mini far easier to sell or trade in.\u003c\/li\u003e\n  \u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eTrade friendly:\u003c\/strong\u003e a dependable stock part for repair shops handling back glass jobs.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\n\u003ch2\u003eSpecifications\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003ctable\u003e\n  \u003ctbody\u003e\n    \u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003ePart\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eRear back glass panel\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n    \u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eColour\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eAlpine Green\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n    \u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eCompatible model\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eiPhone 13 mini only\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n    \u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eCondition\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eBrand new\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n    \u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eQuality\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eOEM standard\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n    \u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eDispatch\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eSame day before 4pm, Monday to Friday, from Manchester, UK\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n    \u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eReturns\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e30 days\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n  \u003c\/tbody\u003e\n\u003c\/table\u003e\n\n\u003ch2\u003eiPhone 13 mini back glass compatibility\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eFits the \u003cstrong\u003eiPhone 13 mini\u003c\/strong\u003e only. It does not fit the iPhone 13, iPhone 13 Pro, iPhone 13 Pro Max or iPhone 12 mini. The iPhone 12 mini is a similar size, but its cameras sit one above the other rather than diagonally, so the camera opening is different. Check your model in \u003cem\u003eSettings \u0026gt; General \u0026gt; About\u003c\/em\u003e, or look up the model number shown there, before ordering.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003ch2\u003eWhat else do you need for this repair?\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eRemoving old back glass on the iPhone 13 mini is the hard part. You will need a way to lift the cracked glass (a laser machine or heat and careful scraping), a clean frame, and a strong adhesive or back glass tape to bond the new panel. Wear eye protection, as small glass fragments can come away. If the camera lens covers are also cracked, replace them at the same time.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003ch2\u003eWhy buy from The Repair Plus\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n  \u003cli\u003eSame-day dispatch when you order before 4pm, Monday to Friday.\u003c\/li\u003e\n  \u003cli\u003eUK stock, shipped from Manchester.\u003c\/li\u003e\n  \u003cli\u003eEvery part tested before dispatch.\u003c\/li\u003e\n  \u003cli\u003e30-day returns.\u003c\/li\u003e\n  \u003cli\u003eTrusted by DIY repairers and independent repair shops.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\n\u003ch2\u003eFrequently asked questions\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eDoes this back glass fit the iPhone 13 mini?\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eYes. It is made for the iPhone 13 mini only. Check your model in Settings \u0026gt; General \u0026gt; About before ordering.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eWill this fit my iPhone 12 mini?\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eNo. The iPhone 12 mini has its two cameras stacked vertically, while the iPhone 13 mini has them diagonally. The camera cut-out will not match.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eIs fitting the back glass difficult?\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eIt is one of the trickier repairs because the old glass is glued to the frame. With a laser machine it is quick; by hand with heat it takes patience. Clean the frame fully before bonding the new panel.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eHow quickly will my order arrive?\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eOrder before 4pm, Monday to Friday, and your back glass is dispatched the same day from our Manchester stock.\u003c\/p\u003e","brand":"The Repair Plus","offers":[{"title":"Default Title","offer_id":49843448316231,"sku":"","price":5.99,"currency_code":"GBP","in_stock":true}],"thumbnail_url":"\/\/cdn.shopify.com\/s\/files\/1\/0809\/2545\/8759\/files\/9330532876615-white.jpg?v=1790791749"},{"product_id":"for-apple-iphone-13-mini-replacement-back-glass-red-the-repair-plus","title":"For Apple iPhone 13 Mini Replacement Back Glass (Red) The Repair Plus","description":"\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eThe Repair Plus back glass for iPhone 13 mini (Red)\u003c\/strong\u003e is a brand new replacement rear glass panel in a bold red finish for fixing a cracked or shattered back on the iPhone 13 mini. Made to OEM standard, it is tested before dispatch and shipped the same day from Manchester when you order before 4pm, Monday to Friday.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003ch2\u003eKey features\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n  \u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eBrand new panel:\u003c\/strong\u003e clean glass in a bold red finish, ready to fit.\u003c\/li\u003e\n  \u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eCorrect camera opening:\u003c\/strong\u003e positioned for the iPhone 13 mini camera module, so nothing is blocked.\u003c\/li\u003e\n  \u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eOEM standard fit:\u003c\/strong\u003e sits flush with the frame when bonded correctly.\u003c\/li\u003e\n  \u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eStops sharp edges:\u003c\/strong\u003e removes cracked glass that can cut fingers or snag pockets.\u003c\/li\u003e\n  \u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eInspected before dispatch:\u003c\/strong\u003e each piece is checked for chips and marks before it ships.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\n\u003ch2\u003eSpecifications\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003ctable\u003e\n  \u003ctbody\u003e\n    \u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003ePart\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eRear back glass panel\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n    \u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eColour\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eRed\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n    \u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eCompatible model\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eiPhone 13 mini only\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n    \u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eCondition\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eBrand new\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n    \u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eQuality\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eOEM standard\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n    \u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eDispatch\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eSame day before 4pm, Monday to Friday, from Manchester, UK\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n    \u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eReturns\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e30 days\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n  \u003c\/tbody\u003e\n\u003c\/table\u003e\n\n\u003ch2\u003eiPhone 13 mini back glass compatibility\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eFits the \u003cstrong\u003eiPhone 13 mini\u003c\/strong\u003e only. It does not fit the iPhone 13, iPhone 13 Pro, iPhone 13 Pro Max or iPhone 12 mini. The iPhone 12 mini is a similar size, but its cameras sit one above the other rather than diagonally, so the camera opening is different. Check your model in \u003cem\u003eSettings \u0026gt; General \u0026gt; About\u003c\/em\u003e, or look up the model number shown there, before ordering.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003ch2\u003eBefore you start the repair\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cp\u003ePower the iPhone 13 mini off and protect the camera area. Bonded rear glass must be removed fully and the frame cleaned of old glue and fragments, otherwise the new panel will not sit flat. Most shops use a laser machine to separate the glass. Bond the new panel with an adhesive made for phone glass and clamp it gently while it sets.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003ch2\u003eWhy buy from The Repair Plus\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n  \u003cli\u003eSame-day dispatch when you order before 4pm, Monday to Friday.\u003c\/li\u003e\n  \u003cli\u003eUK stock, shipped from Manchester.\u003c\/li\u003e\n  \u003cli\u003eEvery part tested before dispatch.\u003c\/li\u003e\n  \u003cli\u003e30-day returns.\u003c\/li\u003e\n  \u003cli\u003eTrusted by DIY repairers and independent repair shops.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\n\u003ch2\u003eFrequently asked questions\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eDoes this back glass fit the iPhone 13 mini?\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eYes. It is made for the iPhone 13 mini only. Check your model in Settings \u0026gt; General \u0026gt; About before ordering.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eWill this fit my iPhone 12 mini?\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eNo. The iPhone 12 mini has its two cameras stacked vertically, while the iPhone 13 mini has them diagonally. The camera cut-out will not match.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eDo I need special tools to replace the back glass?\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eA laser separation machine makes the job much easier, but many repairers use heat, a scraper and plenty of care. You will also need adhesive to bond the new iPhone 13 mini back glass in place.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eHow quickly will my order arrive?\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eOrder before 4pm, Monday to Friday, and your back glass is dispatched the same day from our Manchester stock.\u003c\/p\u003e","brand":"The Repair Plus","offers":[{"title":"Default Title","offer_id":49843466043719,"sku":"","price":4.49,"currency_code":"GBP","in_stock":true}],"thumbnail_url":"\/\/cdn.shopify.com\/s\/files\/1\/0809\/2545\/8759\/files\/9330536186183-white.jpg?v=1790791749"},{"product_id":"for-apple-iphone-13-mini-replacement-back-glass-blue-the-repair-plus","title":"For Apple iPhone 13 Mini Replacement Back Glass (Blue) The Repair Plus","description":"\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eThe Repair Plus back glass for iPhone 13 mini (Blue)\u003c\/strong\u003e is a brand new OEM standard rear glass panel that fits the iPhone 13 mini only, finished in Blue. It replaces a cracked back and restores the look of the phone. It is shipped the same day from Manchester when you order before 4pm, Monday to Friday.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003ch2\u003eKey features\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n  \u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eBrand new panel:\u003c\/strong\u003e clean glass in a blue finish, ready to fit.\u003c\/li\u003e\n  \u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eCorrect camera opening:\u003c\/strong\u003e positioned for the iPhone 13 mini camera module, so nothing is blocked.\u003c\/li\u003e\n  \u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eOEM standard fit:\u003c\/strong\u003e sits flush with the frame when bonded correctly.\u003c\/li\u003e\n  \u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eStops sharp edges:\u003c\/strong\u003e removes cracked glass that can cut fingers or snag pockets.\u003c\/li\u003e\n  \u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eInspected before dispatch:\u003c\/strong\u003e each piece is checked for chips and marks before it ships.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\n\u003ch2\u003eSpecifications\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003ctable\u003e\n  \u003ctbody\u003e\n    \u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003ePart\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eRear back glass panel\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n    \u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eColour\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eBlue\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n    \u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eCompatible model\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eiPhone 13 mini only\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n    \u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eCondition\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eBrand new\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n    \u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eQuality\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eOEM standard\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n    \u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eDispatch\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eSame day before 4pm, Monday to Friday, from Manchester, UK\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n    \u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eReturns\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e30 days\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n  \u003c\/tbody\u003e\n\u003c\/table\u003e\n\n\u003ch2\u003eiPhone 13 mini back glass compatibility\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eFits the \u003cstrong\u003eiPhone 13 mini\u003c\/strong\u003e only. It does not fit the iPhone 13, iPhone 13 Pro, iPhone 13 Pro Max or iPhone 12 mini. The iPhone 12 mini is a similar size, but its cameras sit one above the other rather than diagonally, so the camera opening is different. Check your model in \u003cem\u003eSettings \u0026gt; General \u0026gt; About\u003c\/em\u003e, or look up the model number shown there, before ordering.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003ch2\u003eBefore you start the repair\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cp\u003ePower the iPhone 13 mini off and protect the camera area. Bonded rear glass must be removed fully and the frame cleaned of old glue and fragments, otherwise the new panel will not sit flat. Most shops use a laser machine to separate the glass. Bond the new panel with an adhesive made for phone glass and clamp it gently while it sets.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003ch2\u003eWhy buy from The Repair Plus\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n  \u003cli\u003eSame-day dispatch when you order before 4pm, Monday to Friday.\u003c\/li\u003e\n  \u003cli\u003eUK stock, shipped from Manchester.\u003c\/li\u003e\n  \u003cli\u003eEvery part tested before dispatch.\u003c\/li\u003e\n  \u003cli\u003e30-day returns.\u003c\/li\u003e\n  \u003cli\u003eTrusted by DIY repairers and independent repair shops.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\n\u003ch2\u003eFrequently asked questions\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eWhich iPhone models does this fit?\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eIt fits the iPhone 13 mini only. Other models in the range have different sizes or camera layouts.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eWill this fit my iPhone 12 mini?\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eNo. The iPhone 12 mini has its two cameras stacked vertically, while the iPhone 13 mini has them diagonally. The camera cut-out will not match.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eDo I need special tools to replace the back glass?\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eA laser separation machine makes the job much easier, but many repairers use heat, a scraper and plenty of care. You will also need adhesive to bond the new iPhone 13 mini back glass in place.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eDoes it come with the camera lens?\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eThe listing is for the rear glass panel. If your camera lens covers are cracked as well, order them separately so the repair is complete.\u003c\/p\u003e","brand":"The Repair Plus","offers":[{"title":"Default Title","offer_id":49843478102343,"sku":"","price":4.49,"currency_code":"GBP","in_stock":true}],"thumbnail_url":"\/\/cdn.shopify.com\/s\/files\/1\/0809\/2545\/8759\/files\/9330539626823-white.jpg?v=1790791749"},{"product_id":"for-apple-iphone-13-mini-replacement-back-glass-midnight-the-repair-plus","title":"For Apple iPhone 13 Mini Replacement Back Glass (Midnight) The Repair Plus","description":"\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eThe Repair Plus back glass for iPhone 13 mini (Midnight)\u003c\/strong\u003e replaces cracked or scuffed rear glass on the iPhone 13 mini with a brand new panel in a Midnight finish. Cut to OEM standard, it is checked before it leaves us and shipped the same day from Manchester when you order before 4pm, Monday to Friday.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003ch2\u003eKey features\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n  \u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eModel-specific cut:\u003c\/strong\u003e shaped for the iPhone 13 mini rear camera layout and body size.\u003c\/li\u003e\n  \u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eMidnight colour:\u003c\/strong\u003e chosen to match a Midnight iPhone 13 mini, so the repaired phone looks consistent.\u003c\/li\u003e\n  \u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eBrand new glass:\u003c\/strong\u003e not refurbished or reclaimed, with no scratches or chips out of the packet.\u003c\/li\u003e\n  \u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eFixes cosmetic damage:\u003c\/strong\u003e ideal for phones that work perfectly but have a cracked or splintered back.\u003c\/li\u003e\n  \u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eChecked before dispatch:\u003c\/strong\u003e every panel is inspected before it is packed.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\n\u003ch2\u003eSpecifications\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003ctable\u003e\n  \u003ctbody\u003e\n    \u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003ePart\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eRear back glass panel\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n    \u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eColour\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eMidnight\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n    \u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eCompatible model\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eiPhone 13 mini only\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n    \u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eCondition\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eBrand new\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n    \u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eQuality\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eOEM standard\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n    \u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eDispatch\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eSame day before 4pm, Monday to Friday, from Manchester, UK\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n    \u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eReturns\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e30 days\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n  \u003c\/tbody\u003e\n\u003c\/table\u003e\n\n\u003ch2\u003eiPhone 13 mini back glass compatibility\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eFits the \u003cstrong\u003eiPhone 13 mini\u003c\/strong\u003e only. It does not fit the iPhone 13, iPhone 13 Pro, iPhone 13 Pro Max or iPhone 12 mini. The iPhone 12 mini is a similar size, but its cameras sit one above the other rather than diagonally, so the camera opening is different. Check your model in \u003cem\u003eSettings \u0026gt; General \u0026gt; About\u003c\/em\u003e, or look up the model number shown there, before ordering.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003ch2\u003eHow is back glass fitted?\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eOn the iPhone 13 mini the rear glass is bonded to the frame, so the old glass has to be removed before the new panel goes on. Repair shops usually use a laser separation machine or controlled heat to lift the broken glass, then clean the frame and bond the new panel with a suitable adhesive. Take care around the wireless charging coil and cameras. If you have never done this repair, a local repair shop can fit it for you.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003ch2\u003eWhy buy from The Repair Plus\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n  \u003cli\u003eSame-day dispatch when you order before 4pm, Monday to Friday.\u003c\/li\u003e\n  \u003cli\u003eUK stock, shipped from Manchester.\u003c\/li\u003e\n  \u003cli\u003eEvery part tested before dispatch.\u003c\/li\u003e\n  \u003cli\u003e30-day returns.\u003c\/li\u003e\n  \u003cli\u003eTrusted by DIY repairers and independent repair shops.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\n\u003ch2\u003eFrequently asked questions\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eDoes this back glass fit the iPhone 13 mini?\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eYes. It is made for the iPhone 13 mini only. Check your model in Settings \u0026gt; General \u0026gt; About before ordering.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eWill this fit my iPhone 12 mini?\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eNo. The iPhone 12 mini has its two cameras stacked vertically, while the iPhone 13 mini has them diagonally. The camera cut-out will not match.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eCan I fit back glass on the iPhone 13 mini myself?\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eProfessional installation is recommended. Screens and small parts are delicate, so we recommend having this part fitted by a qualified repair technician. Damage caused during fitting is not a product fault.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eWhen is my order sent?\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eOrders placed before 4pm on a weekday are shipped the same day from Manchester, UK.\u003c\/p\u003e","brand":"The Repair Plus","offers":[{"title":"Default Title","offer_id":49843487637831,"sku":"","price":4.49,"currency_code":"GBP","in_stock":true}],"thumbnail_url":"\/\/cdn.shopify.com\/s\/files\/1\/0809\/2545\/8759\/files\/9330542281031-white.jpg?v=1790791749"},{"product_id":"for-apple-iphone-13-mini-replacement-back-glass-pink-the-repair-plus","title":"For Apple iPhone 13 Mini Replacement Back Glass (Pink) The Repair Plus","description":"\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eThe Repair Plus back glass for iPhone 13 mini (Pink)\u003c\/strong\u003e is a brand new pink back panel made to OEM standard for the iPhone 13 mini. It repairs a cracked rear glass without changing the whole housing, and is shipped the same day from Manchester when you order before 4pm, Monday to Friday.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003ch2\u003eKey features\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n  \u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eExact fit for the iPhone 13 mini:\u003c\/strong\u003e made to OEM standard dimensions for this model only.\u003c\/li\u003e\n  \u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eColour matched:\u003c\/strong\u003e a soft pink finish to keep your phone looking as it should.\u003c\/li\u003e\n  \u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eRestores the rear seal:\u003c\/strong\u003e closes up cracks that let dust and grit into the phone.\u003c\/li\u003e\n  \u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eGreat for resale:\u003c\/strong\u003e a fresh back makes a used iPhone 13 mini far easier to sell or trade in.\u003c\/li\u003e\n  \u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eTrade friendly:\u003c\/strong\u003e a dependable stock part for repair shops handling back glass jobs.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\n\u003ch2\u003eSpecifications\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003ctable\u003e\n  \u003ctbody\u003e\n    \u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003ePart\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eRear back glass panel\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n    \u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eColour\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003ePink\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n    \u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eCompatible model\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eiPhone 13 mini only\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n    \u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eCondition\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eBrand new\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n    \u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eQuality\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eOEM standard\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n    \u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eDispatch\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eSame day before 4pm, Monday to Friday, from Manchester, UK\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n    \u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eReturns\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e30 days\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n  \u003c\/tbody\u003e\n\u003c\/table\u003e\n\n\u003ch2\u003eiPhone 13 mini back glass compatibility\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eFits the \u003cstrong\u003eiPhone 13 mini\u003c\/strong\u003e only. It does not fit the iPhone 13, iPhone 13 Pro, iPhone 13 Pro Max or iPhone 12 mini. The iPhone 12 mini is a similar size, but its cameras sit one above the other rather than diagonally, so the camera opening is different. Check your model in \u003cem\u003eSettings \u0026gt; General \u0026gt; About\u003c\/em\u003e, or look up the model number shown there, before ordering.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003ch2\u003eWhat else do you need for this repair?\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eRemoving old back glass on the iPhone 13 mini is the hard part. You will need a way to lift the cracked glass (a laser machine or heat and careful scraping), a clean frame, and a strong adhesive or back glass tape to bond the new panel. Wear eye protection, as small glass fragments can come away. If the camera lens covers are also cracked, replace them at the same time.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003ch2\u003eWhy buy from The Repair Plus\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n  \u003cli\u003eSame-day dispatch when you order before 4pm, Monday to Friday.\u003c\/li\u003e\n  \u003cli\u003eUK stock, shipped from Manchester.\u003c\/li\u003e\n  \u003cli\u003eEvery part tested before dispatch.\u003c\/li\u003e\n  \u003cli\u003e30-day returns.\u003c\/li\u003e\n  \u003cli\u003eTrusted by DIY repairers and independent repair shops.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\n\u003ch2\u003eFrequently asked questions\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eWhich iPhone models does this fit?\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eIt fits the iPhone 13 mini only. Other models in the range have different sizes or camera layouts.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eWill this fit my iPhone 12 mini?\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eNo. The iPhone 12 mini has its two cameras stacked vertically, while the iPhone 13 mini has them diagonally. The camera cut-out will not match.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eIs fitting the back glass difficult?\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eIt is one of the trickier repairs because the old glass is glued to the frame. With a laser machine it is quick; by hand with heat it takes patience. Clean the frame fully before bonding the new panel.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eWill wireless charging still work?\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eRear glass is non-metallic, so wireless charging passes through it. As long as the charging coil is not damaged during removal, charging works as before.\u003c\/p\u003e","brand":"The Repair Plus","offers":[{"title":"Default Title","offer_id":49843496354119,"sku":"","price":4.49,"currency_code":"GBP","in_stock":true}],"thumbnail_url":"\/\/cdn.shopify.com\/s\/files\/1\/0809\/2545\/8759\/files\/9330544181575-white.jpg?v=1790791806"},{"product_id":"for-apple-iphone-13-mini-replacement-back-glass-starlight-the-repair-plus","title":"For Apple iPhone 13 Mini Replacement Back Glass (Starlight) The Repair Plus","description":"\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eThe Repair Plus back glass for iPhone 13 mini (Starlight)\u003c\/strong\u003e is a brand new OEM standard rear glass panel that fits the iPhone 13 mini only, finished in Starlight. It replaces a cracked back and restores the look of the phone. It is shipped the same day from Manchester when you order before 4pm, Monday to Friday.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003ch2\u003eKey features\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n  \u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eModel-specific cut:\u003c\/strong\u003e shaped for the iPhone 13 mini rear camera layout and body size.\u003c\/li\u003e\n  \u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eStarlight colour:\u003c\/strong\u003e chosen to match a Starlight iPhone 13 mini, so the repaired phone looks consistent.\u003c\/li\u003e\n  \u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eBrand new glass:\u003c\/strong\u003e not refurbished or reclaimed, with no scratches or chips out of the packet.\u003c\/li\u003e\n  \u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eFixes cosmetic damage:\u003c\/strong\u003e ideal for phones that work perfectly but have a cracked or splintered back.\u003c\/li\u003e\n  \u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eChecked before dispatch:\u003c\/strong\u003e every panel is inspected before it is packed.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\n\u003ch2\u003eSpecifications\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003ctable\u003e\n  \u003ctbody\u003e\n    \u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003ePart\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eRear back glass panel\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n    \u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eColour\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eStarlight\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n    \u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eCompatible model\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eiPhone 13 mini only\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n    \u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eCondition\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eBrand new\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n    \u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eQuality\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eOEM standard\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n    \u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eDispatch\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eSame day before 4pm, Monday to Friday, from Manchester, UK\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n    \u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eReturns\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e30 days\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n  \u003c\/tbody\u003e\n\u003c\/table\u003e\n\n\u003ch2\u003eiPhone 13 mini back glass compatibility\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eFits the \u003cstrong\u003eiPhone 13 mini\u003c\/strong\u003e only. It does not fit the iPhone 13, iPhone 13 Pro, iPhone 13 Pro Max or iPhone 12 mini. The iPhone 12 mini is a similar size, but its cameras sit one above the other rather than diagonally, so the camera opening is different. Check your model in \u003cem\u003eSettings \u0026gt; General \u0026gt; About\u003c\/em\u003e, or look up the model number shown there, before ordering.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003ch2\u003eHow is back glass fitted?\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eOn the iPhone 13 mini the rear glass is bonded to the frame, so the old glass has to be removed before the new panel goes on. Repair shops usually use a laser separation machine or controlled heat to lift the broken glass, then clean the frame and bond the new panel with a suitable adhesive. Take care around the wireless charging coil and cameras. If you have never done this repair, a local repair shop can fit it for you.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003ch2\u003eWhy buy from The Repair Plus\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n  \u003cli\u003eSame-day dispatch when you order before 4pm, Monday to Friday.\u003c\/li\u003e\n  \u003cli\u003eUK stock, shipped from Manchester.\u003c\/li\u003e\n  \u003cli\u003eEvery part tested before dispatch.\u003c\/li\u003e\n  \u003cli\u003e30-day returns.\u003c\/li\u003e\n  \u003cli\u003eTrusted by DIY repairers and independent repair shops.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\n\u003ch2\u003eFrequently asked questions\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eWhich iPhone models does this fit?\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eIt fits the iPhone 13 mini only. Other models in the range have different sizes or camera layouts.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eWill this fit my iPhone 12 mini?\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eNo. The iPhone 12 mini has its two cameras stacked vertically, while the iPhone 13 mini has them diagonally. The camera cut-out will not match.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eCan I fit back glass on the iPhone 13 mini myself?\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eProfessional installation is recommended. Screens and small parts are delicate, so we recommend having this part fitted by a qualified repair technician. Damage caused during fitting is not a product fault.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eDoes it come with the camera lens?\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eThe listing is for the rear glass panel. If your camera lens covers are cracked as well, order them separately so the repair is complete.\u003c\/p\u003e","brand":"The Repair Plus","offers":[{"title":"Default Title","offer_id":49843505299783,"sku":"","price":4.49,"currency_code":"GBP","in_stock":true}],"thumbnail_url":"\/\/cdn.shopify.com\/s\/files\/1\/0809\/2545\/8759\/files\/9330545918279-white.jpg?v=1790791806"},{"product_id":"for-apple-iphone-13-mini-replacement-loudspeaker-the-repair-plus","title":"For Apple iPhone 13 Mini Replacement Loudspeaker The Repair Plus","description":"\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eThe Repair Plus Loudspeaker for iPhone 13 mini\u003c\/strong\u003e is a brand new, OEM standard bottom loudspeaker for the iPhone 13 mini. It brings back loud, clear sound for calls on speaker, alerts and media when the old speaker crackles or has stopped working, and it is shipped the same day from Manchester when you order before 4pm, Monday to Friday.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003ch2\u003eKey features\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n  \u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eFixes silent alerts:\u003c\/strong\u003e for phones that no longer ring out loud.\u003c\/li\u003e\n  \u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eClear media playback:\u003c\/strong\u003e music and video sound normal again.\u003c\/li\u003e\n  \u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eOEM standard fit for iPhone 13 mini:\u003c\/strong\u003e matches the factory speaker position.\u003c\/li\u003e\n  \u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eBrand new and tested:\u003c\/strong\u003e checked before dispatch.\u003c\/li\u003e\n  \u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eGood DIY repair:\u003c\/strong\u003e sits at the bottom of the phone next to the charging port.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\n\u003ch2\u003eSpecifications\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003ctable\u003e\n  \u003ctbody\u003e\n    \u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003ePart\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eLoudspeaker (bottom speaker)\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n    \u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eCompatible model\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eiPhone 13 mini only\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n    \u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eCondition\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eBrand new\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n    \u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eQuality\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eOEM standard\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n    \u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eDispatch\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eSame day before 4pm, Monday to Friday, from Manchester, UK\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n    \u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eReturns\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e30 days\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n  \u003c\/tbody\u003e\n\u003c\/table\u003e\n\n\u003ch2\u003eiPhone 13 mini loudspeaker compatibility\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eFits the \u003cstrong\u003eiPhone 13 mini\u003c\/strong\u003e. It does not fit the iPhone 13, iPhone 13 Pro or iPhone 13 Pro Max, which use different loudspeaker modules. Check your model in \u003cem\u003eSettings \u0026gt; General \u0026gt; About\u003c\/em\u003e before ordering.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003ch2\u003eSigns your loudspeaker has failed\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eCommon signs are crackling at higher volume, a buzzing speakerphone, very quiet ringtones and no sound from videos while headphones still work. Liquid damage and drops are the usual causes. If the grille is clean and the settings are correct, replacing the loudspeaker is the reliable fix.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003ch2\u003eWhy buy from The Repair Plus\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n  \u003cli\u003eSame-day dispatch on orders placed before 4pm, Monday to Friday.\u003c\/li\u003e\n  \u003cli\u003eAll UK stock, sent from our Manchester base.\u003c\/li\u003e\n  \u003cli\u003eEvery part checked and tested before dispatch.\u003c\/li\u003e\n  \u003cli\u003eSimple 30-day returns.\u003c\/li\u003e\n  \u003cli\u003eRelied on by home repairers and trade repair shops.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\n\u003ch2\u003eFrequently asked questions\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eWill this work on the iPhone 13 Pro Max?\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eNo. The iPhone 13 Pro Max uses a different loudspeaker. This part fits the iPhone 13 mini only.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eMy phone does not ring out loud. Will this fix it?\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eIf the phone is not on silent and the grille is clean, a failed loudspeaker is the usual cause, and this part fixes it.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eDo I need special tools?\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eA small screwdriver set, opening pick, suction cup and spudger are enough for most repairs.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eWhen will my order be sent?\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eSame day when you order before 4pm, Monday to Friday, from Manchester.\u003c\/p\u003e","brand":"The Repair Plus","offers":[{"title":"Default Title","offer_id":49843517391175,"sku":"","price":4.49,"currency_code":"GBP","in_stock":true}],"thumbnail_url":"\/\/cdn.shopify.com\/s\/files\/1\/0809\/2545\/8759\/files\/9330548605255-white.jpg?v=1790791806"},{"product_id":"for-apple-iphone-13-mini-replacement-sim-card-tray-blue-the-repair-plus","title":"For Apple iPhone 13 Mini Replacement Sim Card Tray (Blue) The Repair Plus","description":"\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eThe Repair Plus iPhone 13 mini SIM card tray (Blue)\u003c\/strong\u003e is a brand new blue SIM card tray made to OEM standard fit for iPhone 13 mini. Use it to replace a tray that has gone missing, bent out of shape or broken at the pull-out edge, so your nano-SIM is held firmly again. Shipped the same day from Manchester when you order before 4pm, Monday to Friday.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003ch2\u003eKey features\u003c\/h2\u003e\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eBrand new tray:\u003c\/strong\u003e no scuffs or bends, unlike a salvaged tray from a donor phone.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eFits iPhone 13 mini:\u003c\/strong\u003e OEM standard fit so the tray lines up with the frame and the ejector hole.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eBlue colour:\u003c\/strong\u003e a straightforward match for blue handsets.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eKeeps the SIM steady:\u003c\/strong\u003e holds the card flat so the phone keeps a stable connection to your network.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eNo screwdriver needed:\u003c\/strong\u003e push it in by hand and remove it with an ejector pin.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\u003ch2\u003eSpecifications\u003c\/h2\u003e\u003ctable\u003e\u003ctbody\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003ePart\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eNano-SIM card tray\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eColour\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eBlue\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eCompatible model(s)\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eiPhone 13 mini\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eCondition\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eBrand new\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eQuality\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eOEM standard fit\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eDispatch\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eSame day before 4pm, Monday to Friday, from Manchester, UK\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eReturns\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e30 days\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003c\/tbody\u003e\u003c\/table\u003e\u003ch2\u003eCompatibility: iPhone 13 mini SIM tray\u003c\/h2\u003e\u003cp\u003eThis tray fits the \u003cstrong\u003eiPhone 13 mini\u003c\/strong\u003e only. It does not fit the iPhone 13, iPhone 13 Pro, iPhone 13 Pro Max or the iPhone 12 mini, which each need their own tray. Check your model in \u003cem\u003eSettings \u0026gt; General \u0026gt; About\u003c\/em\u003e before ordering. The tray colour should also match your phone's frame colour.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003ch2\u003eFitting tips\u003c\/h2\u003e\u003cp\u003eAlways fit the SIM card into the tray first, then slide the tray in gently. Never force it: if it will not go in, check the SIM is sitting flat and the tray is the right way round. Keep an ejector pin handy so you can remove the tray without scratching the frame.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003ch2\u003eWhy buy from The Repair Plus\u003c\/h2\u003e\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eSame-day dispatch when you order before 4pm, Monday to Friday.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eUK stock, shipped from Manchester.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eEvery part tested before dispatch.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e30-day returns.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eTrusted by DIY repairers and independent repair shops.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\u003ch2\u003eFrequently asked questions\u003c\/h2\u003e\u003ch3\u003eWill this tray fit my iPhone 12 mini?\u003c\/h3\u003e\u003cp\u003eThis tray is listed for the iPhone 13 mini only. For an iPhone 12 mini, choose the tray made for that model so the fit and colour are right.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003ch3\u003eDoes it come with a SIM card?\u003c\/h3\u003e\u003cp\u003eNo. This is the tray only. Move your existing nano-SIM card from the old tray, or ask your network for a replacement SIM if it was lost with the tray.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003ch3\u003eIs the Blue exactly the same shade as my phone?\u003c\/h3\u003e\u003cp\u003eIt is made to match Blue iPhone 13 mini handsets closely. Small differences in shade are possible between batches and against an older, worn frame.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003ch3\u003eHow fast will it arrive?\u003c\/h3\u003e\u003cp\u003eOrders placed before 4pm, Monday to Friday, are dispatched the same day from Manchester.\u003c\/p\u003e","brand":"The Repair Plus","offers":[{"title":"Default Title","offer_id":49843535839559,"sku":"","price":1.99,"currency_code":"GBP","in_stock":true}],"thumbnail_url":"\/\/cdn.shopify.com\/s\/files\/1\/0809\/2545\/8759\/files\/9330553585991-white.jpg?v=1790791807"},{"product_id":"for-apple-iphone-13-mini-replacement-sim-card-tray-pink-the-repair-plus","title":"For Apple iPhone 13 Mini Replacement Sim Card Tray (Pink) The Repair Plus","description":"\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eThe Repair Plus iPhone 13 mini SIM card tray (Pink)\u003c\/strong\u003e replaces a missing, cracked or bent SIM tray on the iPhone 13 mini. This pink tray is brand new, made to OEM standard fit, and holds your nano-SIM firmly so the phone reads it reliably and the frame looks complete. It is shipped the same day from Manchester when you order before 4pm, Monday to Friday.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003ch2\u003eKey features\u003c\/h2\u003e\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eMade for iPhone 13 mini:\u003c\/strong\u003e shaped to sit flush in the iPhone 13 mini frame with OEM standard fit.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003ePink finish:\u003c\/strong\u003e chosen to match a pink phone, so the repair does not stand out.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eHolds a nano-SIM securely:\u003c\/strong\u003e keeps the card aligned with the SIM reader pins so the phone detects it.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eSimple to fit:\u003c\/strong\u003e slides in by hand with no tools beyond a SIM ejector pin.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eTested before dispatch:\u003c\/strong\u003e every tray is checked for shape and fit before it leaves us.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\u003ch2\u003eSpecifications\u003c\/h2\u003e\u003ctable\u003e\u003ctbody\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003ePart\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eNano-SIM card tray\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eColour\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003ePink\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eCompatible model(s)\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eiPhone 13 mini\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eCondition\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eBrand new\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eQuality\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eOEM standard fit\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eDispatch\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eSame day before 4pm, Monday to Friday, from Manchester, UK\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eReturns\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e30 days\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003c\/tbody\u003e\u003c\/table\u003e\u003ch2\u003eCompatibility: iPhone 13 mini SIM tray\u003c\/h2\u003e\u003cp\u003eThis tray fits the \u003cstrong\u003eiPhone 13 mini\u003c\/strong\u003e only. It does not fit the iPhone 13, iPhone 13 Pro, iPhone 13 Pro Max or the iPhone 12 mini, which each need their own tray. Check your model in \u003cem\u003eSettings \u0026gt; General \u0026gt; About\u003c\/em\u003e before ordering. The tray colour should also match your phone's frame colour.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003ch2\u003eBefore you order: tray or SIM reader?\u003c\/h2\u003e\u003cp\u003eA new tray fixes a missing, bent or loose tray. If the phone still shows \u003cem\u003eNo SIM\u003c\/em\u003e with a good tray and a working SIM card, the SIM reader inside the phone may be damaged, and that is a separate repair. Check the SIM card in another phone first to rule it out.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003ch2\u003eWhy buy from The Repair Plus\u003c\/h2\u003e\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eSame-day dispatch when you order before 4pm, Monday to Friday.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eUK stock, shipped from Manchester.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eEvery part tested before dispatch.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e30-day returns.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eTrusted by DIY repairers and independent repair shops.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\u003ch2\u003eFrequently asked questions\u003c\/h2\u003e\u003ch3\u003eWill this tray fit my iPhone 12 mini?\u003c\/h3\u003e\u003cp\u003eThis tray is listed for the iPhone 13 mini only. For an iPhone 12 mini, choose the tray made for that model so the fit and colour are right.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003ch3\u003eDoes it come with a SIM card?\u003c\/h3\u003e\u003cp\u003eNo. This is the tray only. Move your existing nano-SIM card from the old tray, or ask your network for a replacement SIM if it was lost with the tray.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003ch3\u003eIs the Pink exactly the same shade as my phone?\u003c\/h3\u003e\u003cp\u003eIt is made to match Pink iPhone 13 mini handsets closely. Small differences in shade are possible between batches and against an older, worn frame.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003ch3\u003eHow fast will it arrive?\u003c\/h3\u003e\u003cp\u003eOrders placed before 4pm, Monday to Friday, are dispatched the same day from Manchester.\u003c\/p\u003e","brand":"The Repair Plus","offers":[{"title":"Default Title","offer_id":49843546751303,"sku":"","price":1.99,"currency_code":"GBP","in_stock":true}],"thumbnail_url":"\/\/cdn.shopify.com\/s\/files\/1\/0809\/2545\/8759\/files\/9330555715911-white.jpg?v=1790791807"},{"product_id":"for-apple-iphone-13-pro-13-pro-max-replacement-front-camera-12mp-the-repair-plus","title":"For Apple iPhone 13 Pro \/ 13 Pro Max Replacement Front Camera 12MP The Repair Plus","description":"\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eThe Repair Plus front camera for iPhone 13 Pro and 13 Pro Max\u003c\/strong\u003e is a brand new, OEM standard 12MP front (selfie) camera for the iPhone 13 Pro and 13 Pro Max. It fixes a black, blurry or spotty selfie camera. It is shipped the same day from Manchester when you order before 4pm, Monday to Friday.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003ch2\u003eKey features\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n  \u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003e12MP selfie camera:\u003c\/strong\u003e restores front photos, video and FaceTime calls.\u003c\/li\u003e\n  \u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eFits both Pro models:\u003c\/strong\u003e suits the iPhone 13 Pro and iPhone 13 Pro Max.\u003c\/li\u003e\n  \u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eDirect swap:\u003c\/strong\u003e fits in the same position and connector as the factory camera.\u003c\/li\u003e\n  \u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eTested before dispatch:\u003c\/strong\u003e each camera is checked before it leaves Manchester.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\n\u003ch2\u003eSpecifications\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003ctable\u003e\n  \u003ctbody\u003e\n    \u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003ePart\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eFront camera\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n    \u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eCamera\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e12MP\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n    \u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eCompatible models\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eiPhone 13 Pro, iPhone 13 Pro Max\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n    \u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eCondition\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eBrand new\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n    \u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eQuality\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eOEM standard\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n    \u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eDispatch\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eSame day before 4pm, Monday to Friday, from Manchester, UK\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n    \u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eReturns\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e30 days\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n  \u003c\/tbody\u003e\n\u003c\/table\u003e\n\n\u003ch2\u003eCompatibility\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eFits the \u003cstrong\u003eiPhone 13 Pro\u003c\/strong\u003e and \u003cstrong\u003eiPhone 13 Pro Max\u003c\/strong\u003e. It is not listed for the iPhone 13 or iPhone 13 mini, so buy the matching part for those phones. Check your model in \u003cem\u003eSettings \u0026gt; General \u0026gt; About\u003c\/em\u003e.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003ch2\u003eFront camera and Face ID are separate faults\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eThe front camera takes selfies and video. Face ID uses separate sensors in the same area that are paired to the phone's logic board. This part repairs the selfie camera only. If your phone says Face ID is unavailable, replacing the front camera will not fix that fault, so diagnose which function has failed before ordering.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003ch2\u003eWhy buy from The Repair Plus\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n  \u003cli\u003eSame-day dispatch when you order before 4pm, Monday to Friday.\u003c\/li\u003e\n  \u003cli\u003eUK stock, shipped from Manchester.\u003c\/li\u003e\n  \u003cli\u003eEvery part tested before dispatch.\u003c\/li\u003e\n  \u003cli\u003e30-day returns.\u003c\/li\u003e\n  \u003cli\u003eTrusted by DIY repairers and independent repair shops.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\n\u003ch2\u003eFrequently asked questions\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eWill this fix Face ID?\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eNo. This part repairs the selfie camera. Face ID uses separate paired sensors.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eDoes it fit the iPhone 13 Pro Max as well?\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eYes. It is listed for both the iPhone 13 Pro and iPhone 13 Pro Max.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eWill iOS show a message about the camera?\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eiOS may show a notice in Settings that the camera could not be verified as an Apple part. This is normal for replacement cameras on this generation and the camera still takes photos and video.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eHow quickly will it arrive?\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eOrders placed before 4pm, Monday to Friday, are dispatched the same day from our Manchester stock, so most UK customers receive them within a few working days.\u003c\/p\u003e","brand":"The Repair Plus","offers":[{"title":"Default Title","offer_id":49843561660743,"sku":"","price":99.99,"currency_code":"GBP","in_stock":true}],"thumbnail_url":"\/\/cdn.shopify.com\/s\/files\/1\/0809\/2545\/8759\/files\/9330558959943-white.jpg?v=1790791807"},{"product_id":"for-apple-iphone-13-pro-13-pro-max-replacement-rear-camera-module-12mp-12mp-12mp-the-repair-plus","title":"For Apple iPhone 13 Pro \/ 13 Pro Max Replacement Rear Camera Module 12MP + 12MP + 12MP The Repair Plus","description":"\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eThe Repair Plus rear camera module for iPhone 13 Pro and 13 Pro Max\u003c\/strong\u003e is a brand new, OEM standard triple 12MP rear camera module for the iPhone 13 Pro and 13 Pro Max. It fixes a black camera screen, shaking image or failed zoom. It is shipped the same day from Manchester when you order before 4pm, Monday to Friday.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003ch2\u003eKey features\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n  \u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eTriple 12MP module:\u003c\/strong\u003e three 12MP rear cameras supplied as one assembly.\u003c\/li\u003e\n  \u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003ePro and Pro Max:\u003c\/strong\u003e the same module suits both iPhone 13 Pro models.\u003c\/li\u003e\n  \u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eRestores every lens:\u003c\/strong\u003e brings back the main, ultra wide and telephoto views together.\u003c\/li\u003e\n  \u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003ePlug-in fit:\u003c\/strong\u003e press-fit connectors, no soldering needed.\u003c\/li\u003e\n  \u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eTested before dispatch:\u003c\/strong\u003e checked for picture and focus before it ships.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\n\u003ch2\u003eSpecifications\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003ctable\u003e\n  \u003ctbody\u003e\n    \u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003ePart\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eRear camera module (triple)\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n    \u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eCameras\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e12MP + 12MP + 12MP\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n    \u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eCompatible models\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eiPhone 13 Pro, iPhone 13 Pro Max\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n    \u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eCondition\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eBrand new\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n    \u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eQuality\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eOEM standard\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n    \u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eDispatch\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eSame day before 4pm, Monday to Friday, from Manchester, UK\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n    \u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eReturns\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e30 days\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n  \u003c\/tbody\u003e\n\u003c\/table\u003e\n\n\u003ch2\u003eCompatibility\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eFits the \u003cstrong\u003eiPhone 13 Pro\u003c\/strong\u003e and \u003cstrong\u003eiPhone 13 Pro Max\u003c\/strong\u003e. It does not fit the iPhone 13 or 13 mini, which use a smaller dual camera. Check your model in \u003cem\u003eSettings \u0026gt; General \u0026gt; About\u003c\/em\u003e before you order.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003ch2\u003eSigns your rear camera module has failed\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eA black camera app, a picture that vibrates or clicks, one lens that will not switch on when you zoom, or focus that keeps hunting all point to a faulty module. If photos are simply hazy or show a crack line, try replacing the camera lens glass first, as it costs much less.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003ch2\u003eWhy buy from The Repair Plus\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n  \u003cli\u003eSame-day dispatch when you order before 4pm, Monday to Friday.\u003c\/li\u003e\n  \u003cli\u003eUK stock, shipped from Manchester.\u003c\/li\u003e\n  \u003cli\u003eEvery part tested before dispatch.\u003c\/li\u003e\n  \u003cli\u003e30-day returns.\u003c\/li\u003e\n  \u003cli\u003eTrusted by DIY repairers and independent repair shops.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\n\u003ch2\u003eFrequently asked questions\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eDoes it fit the iPhone 13 Pro Max?\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eYes. The iPhone 13 Pro and 13 Pro Max share this triple camera module.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eIs this the camera or just the glass?\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eThis is the full camera module. The outer lens glass is sold separately.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eWill my iPhone show a camera message?\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eiOS may show a notice in Settings that the camera could not be verified as an Apple part. This is normal for replacement cameras on this generation and the camera still takes photos and video.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eHow quickly will it arrive?\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eOrders placed before 4pm, Monday to Friday, are dispatched the same day from our Manchester stock, so most UK customers receive them within a few working days.\u003c\/p\u003e","brand":"The Repair Plus","offers":[{"title":"Default Title","offer_id":49843577618759,"sku":"","price":65.99,"currency_code":"GBP","in_stock":true}],"thumbnail_url":"\/\/cdn.shopify.com\/s\/files\/1\/0809\/2545\/8759\/files\/9330563383623-white.jpg?v=1790791807"},{"product_id":"for-apple-iphone-13-pro-replacement-flash-light-sensor-flex-the-repair-plus","title":"For Apple iPhone 13 Pro Replacement Flash Light Sensor Flex The Repair Plus","description":"\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eThe Repair Plus flash light sensor flex for iPhone 13 Pro\u003c\/strong\u003e is a brand new flash light sensor flex for the iPhone 13 Pro, used to restore a dead rear LED flash and torch. OEM standard, checked before dispatch and shipped the same day from Manchester when you order before 4pm, Monday to Friday.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003ch2\u003eKey features\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n  \u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eModel-specific flex:\u003c\/strong\u003e built for the iPhone 13 Pro only.\u003c\/li\u003e\n  \u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eFixes a dead torch:\u003c\/strong\u003e ideal when the torch icon is greyed out or the flash never fires.\u003c\/li\u003e\n  \u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eOEM standard fit:\u003c\/strong\u003e connector and mounting match the phone's own part.\u003c\/li\u003e\n  \u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eChecked before shipping:\u003c\/strong\u003e we test every flex before dispatch.\u003c\/li\u003e\n  \u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eFor home and shop repairs:\u003c\/strong\u003e suits DIY fixes and trade repair work.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\n\u003ch2\u003eSpecifications\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003ctable\u003e\n  \u003ctbody\u003e\n    \u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003ePart\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eRear flash light sensor flex\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n    \u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eCompatible model\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eiPhone 13 Pro only\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n    \u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eCondition\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eBrand new\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n    \u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eQuality\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eOEM standard\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n    \u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eDispatch\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eSame day before 4pm, Monday to Friday, from Manchester, UK\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n    \u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eReturns\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e30 days\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n  \u003c\/tbody\u003e\n\u003c\/table\u003e\n\n\u003ch2\u003eCompatibility\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eFits the \u003cstrong\u003eiPhone 13 Pro\u003c\/strong\u003e only. It does not fit the iPhone 13 Pro Max or iPhone 13, which use different flash flexes. Check your model in \u003cem\u003eSettings \u0026gt; General \u0026gt; About\u003c\/em\u003e before ordering.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003ch2\u003eTips for fitting\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eThe flash flex sits near the rear cameras, so the screen and some internal brackets come off first. Use a pentalobe and tri-point screwdriver set, a spudger and tweezers, keep screws in order, and test the torch before sealing the phone.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003ch2\u003eWhy buy from The Repair Plus\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n  \u003cli\u003eSame-day dispatch when you order before 4pm, Monday to Friday.\u003c\/li\u003e\n  \u003cli\u003eUK stock, shipped from Manchester.\u003c\/li\u003e\n  \u003cli\u003eEvery part tested before dispatch.\u003c\/li\u003e\n  \u003cli\u003e30-day returns.\u003c\/li\u003e\n  \u003cli\u003eTrusted by DIY repairers and independent repair shops.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\n\u003ch2\u003eFrequently asked questions\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eDoes this flash light sensor flex fit other iPhone models?\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eNo. It fits the iPhone 13 Pro only; check your model in Settings before you buy.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eWill my flash work in video mode after fitting?\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eYes. The same LED powers the photo flash, video light and torch, so all three are restored.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eDo I need special tools?\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eA pentalobe and tri-point driver set, a spudger, tweezers and new screen adhesive are enough.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eWhen will it be dispatched?\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eOrders before 4pm, Monday to Friday, ship the same day from our Manchester stock.\u003c\/p\u003e","brand":"The Repair Plus","offers":[{"title":"Default Title","offer_id":49843584074055,"sku":"","price":6.99,"currency_code":"GBP","in_stock":true}],"thumbnail_url":"\/\/cdn.shopify.com\/s\/files\/1\/0809\/2545\/8759\/files\/9330565022023-white.jpg?v=1790791807"},{"product_id":"for-apple-iphone-13-pro-replacement-housing-gold-the-repair-plus","title":"For Apple iPhone 13 Pro Replacement Housing (Gold) The Repair Plus","description":"\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eThe Repair Plus iPhone 13 Pro replacement housing in Gold\u003c\/strong\u003e is a new back housing for replacing a cracked back glass, bent frame or worn, scratched body on the iPhone 13 Pro. It fits the iPhone 13 Pro only, is brand new and OEM standard, and is shipped the same day from Manchester when you order before 4pm, Monday to Friday.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003ch2\u003eKey features\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n  \u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eGold finish:\u003c\/strong\u003e a warm gold tone to restore or change the look of your phone.\u003c\/li\u003e\n  \u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eMade for iPhone 13 Pro:\u003c\/strong\u003e camera, button and port openings line up with the iPhone 13 Pro.\u003c\/li\u003e\n  \u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eFixes body damage:\u003c\/strong\u003e a clean way to replace shattered back glass or a dented frame in one go.\u003c\/li\u003e\n  \u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eOEM standard fit:\u003c\/strong\u003e internal mounting points match the factory housing.\u003c\/li\u003e\n  \u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eChecked before dispatch:\u003c\/strong\u003e every housing is inspected before it leaves Manchester.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\n\u003ch2\u003eSpecifications\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003ctable\u003e\n  \u003ctbody\u003e\n    \u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003ePart\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eReplacement housing\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n    \u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eColour\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eGold\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n    \u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eCompatible model\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eiPhone 13 Pro only\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n    \u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eQuality\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eOEM standard\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n    \u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eCondition\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eBrand new\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n    \u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eDispatch\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eSame day before 4pm, Monday to Friday, from Manchester, UK\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n    \u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eReturns\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e30 days\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n  \u003c\/tbody\u003e\n\u003c\/table\u003e\n\n\u003ch2\u003eCompatibility\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eFits the \u003cstrong\u003eiPhone 13 Pro\u003c\/strong\u003e only. It does not fit the iPhone 13 Pro Max, which is larger, or the iPhone 13 and iPhone 13 mini, which have a different camera layout. Check your model in \u003cem\u003eSettings \u0026gt; General \u0026gt; About\u003c\/em\u003e before ordering.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003ch2\u003eWhat a housing swap involves\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eA housing swap means moving every internal part from your old frame to the new one: screen, battery, logic board, cameras, speakers, Taptic Engine, charging port and flex cables. Check the photos to see which small parts come fitted, and transfer anything not included. It is an advanced job, best done by a repair shop or an experienced DIY repairer.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003ch2\u003eWhy buy from The Repair Plus\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n  \u003cli\u003eSame-day dispatch when you order before 4pm, Monday to Friday.\u003c\/li\u003e\n  \u003cli\u003eUK stock, shipped from Manchester.\u003c\/li\u003e\n  \u003cli\u003eEvery part tested before dispatch.\u003c\/li\u003e\n  \u003cli\u003e30-day returns.\u003c\/li\u003e\n  \u003cli\u003eTrusted by DIY repairers and independent repair shops.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\n\u003ch2\u003eFrequently asked questions\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eWill this fit my iPhone 13 Pro Max?\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eNo. The iPhone 13 Pro Max is larger and needs its own housing.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eDo I need to move my parts across?\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eYes. The housing is the body only. All internal parts are transferred from your old phone.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eIs this the same gold as my phone?\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eIt is made to match the iPhone 13 Pro Gold colour. Slight shade differences can occur between batches, so compare with the photos.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eHow fast is dispatch?\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eOrder before 4pm, Monday to Friday, and we dispatch the same day from Manchester.\u003c\/p\u003e","brand":"The Repair Plus","offers":[{"title":"Default Title","offer_id":49843606454599,"sku":"","price":149.99,"currency_code":"GBP","in_stock":true}],"thumbnail_url":"\/\/cdn.shopify.com\/s\/files\/1\/0809\/2545\/8759\/files\/9330571116871-white.jpg?v=1790791807"},{"product_id":"for-apple-iphone-13-pro-replacement-housing-silver-the-repair-plus","title":"For Apple iPhone 13 Pro Replacement Housing (Silver) The Repair Plus","description":"\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eThe Repair Plus iPhone 13 Pro replacement housing in Silver\u003c\/strong\u003e is a new back housing for replacing a cracked back glass, bent frame or worn, scratched body on the iPhone 13 Pro. It fits the iPhone 13 Pro only, is brand new and OEM standard, and is shipped the same day from Manchester when you order before 4pm, Monday to Friday.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003ch2\u003eKey features\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n  \u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eSilver finish:\u003c\/strong\u003e a bright silver frame with a light back for a classic look.\u003c\/li\u003e\n  \u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eMade for iPhone 13 Pro:\u003c\/strong\u003e camera, button and port openings line up with the iPhone 13 Pro.\u003c\/li\u003e\n  \u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eFixes body damage:\u003c\/strong\u003e a clean way to replace shattered back glass or a dented frame in one go.\u003c\/li\u003e\n  \u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eOEM standard fit:\u003c\/strong\u003e internal mounting points match the factory housing.\u003c\/li\u003e\n  \u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eChecked before dispatch:\u003c\/strong\u003e every housing is inspected before it leaves Manchester.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\n\u003ch2\u003eSpecifications\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003ctable\u003e\n  \u003ctbody\u003e\n    \u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003ePart\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eReplacement housing\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n    \u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eColour\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eSilver\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n    \u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eCompatible model\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eiPhone 13 Pro only\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n    \u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eQuality\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eOEM standard\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n    \u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eCondition\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eBrand new\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n    \u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eDispatch\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eSame day before 4pm, Monday to Friday, from Manchester, UK\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n    \u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eReturns\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e30 days\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n  \u003c\/tbody\u003e\n\u003c\/table\u003e\n\n\u003ch2\u003eCompatibility\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eFits the \u003cstrong\u003eiPhone 13 Pro\u003c\/strong\u003e only. It does not fit the iPhone 13 Pro Max, which is larger, or the iPhone 13 and iPhone 13 mini, which have a different camera layout. Check your model in \u003cem\u003eSettings \u0026gt; General \u0026gt; About\u003c\/em\u003e before ordering.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003ch2\u003eWhat a housing swap involves\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eA housing swap means moving every internal part from your old frame to the new one: screen, battery, logic board, cameras, speakers, Taptic Engine, charging port and flex cables. Check the photos to see which small parts come fitted, and transfer anything not included. It is an advanced job, best done by a repair shop or an experienced DIY repairer.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003ch2\u003eWhy buy from The Repair Plus\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n  \u003cli\u003eSame-day dispatch when you order before 4pm, Monday to Friday.\u003c\/li\u003e\n  \u003cli\u003eUK stock, shipped from Manchester.\u003c\/li\u003e\n  \u003cli\u003eEvery part tested before dispatch.\u003c\/li\u003e\n  \u003cli\u003e30-day returns.\u003c\/li\u003e\n  \u003cli\u003eTrusted by DIY repairers and independent repair shops.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\n\u003ch2\u003eFrequently asked questions\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eWill this fit my iPhone 13 Pro Max?\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eNo. The iPhone 13 Pro Max is larger and needs its own housing.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eDo I need to move my parts across?\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eYes. The housing is the body only. All internal parts are transferred from your old phone.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eIs the back glass already fitted?\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eThe housing replaces the body of the phone. Check the product photos to see which parts come pre-fitted before you order.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eHow fast is dispatch?\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eOrder before 4pm, Monday to Friday, and we dispatch the same day from Manchester.\u003c\/p\u003e","brand":"The Repair Plus","offers":[{"title":"Default Title","offer_id":49843619692871,"sku":"","price":149.99,"currency_code":"GBP","in_stock":true}],"thumbnail_url":"\/\/cdn.shopify.com\/s\/files\/1\/0809\/2545\/8759\/files\/9330575868231-white.jpg?v=1790791807"},{"product_id":"for-apple-iphone-13-pro-replacement-housing-graphite-the-repair-plus","title":"For Apple iPhone 13 Pro Replacement Housing (Graphite) The Repair Plus","description":"\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eThe Repair Plus iPhone 13 Pro replacement housing in Graphite\u003c\/strong\u003e is a new back housing for replacing a cracked back glass, bent frame or worn, scratched body on the iPhone 13 Pro. It fits the iPhone 13 Pro only, is brand new and OEM standard, and is shipped the same day from Manchester when you order before 4pm, Monday to Friday.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003ch2\u003eKey features\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n  \u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eGraphite finish:\u003c\/strong\u003e a dark graphite finish that suits a clean, understated look.\u003c\/li\u003e\n  \u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eMade for iPhone 13 Pro:\u003c\/strong\u003e camera, button and port openings line up with the iPhone 13 Pro.\u003c\/li\u003e\n  \u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eFixes body damage:\u003c\/strong\u003e a clean way to replace shattered back glass or a dented frame in one go.\u003c\/li\u003e\n  \u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eOEM standard fit:\u003c\/strong\u003e internal mounting points match the factory housing.\u003c\/li\u003e\n  \u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eChecked before dispatch:\u003c\/strong\u003e every housing is inspected before it leaves Manchester.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\n\u003ch2\u003eSpecifications\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003ctable\u003e\n  \u003ctbody\u003e\n    \u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003ePart\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eReplacement housing\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n    \u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eColour\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eGraphite\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n    \u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eCompatible model\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eiPhone 13 Pro only\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n    \u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eQuality\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eOEM standard\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n    \u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eCondition\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eBrand new\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n    \u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eDispatch\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eSame day before 4pm, Monday to Friday, from Manchester, UK\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n    \u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eReturns\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e30 days\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n  \u003c\/tbody\u003e\n\u003c\/table\u003e\n\n\u003ch2\u003eCompatibility\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eFits the \u003cstrong\u003eiPhone 13 Pro\u003c\/strong\u003e only. It does not fit the iPhone 13 Pro Max, which is larger, or the iPhone 13 and iPhone 13 mini, which have a different camera layout. Check your model in \u003cem\u003eSettings \u0026gt; General \u0026gt; About\u003c\/em\u003e before ordering.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003ch2\u003eWhat a housing swap involves\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eA housing swap means moving every internal part from your old frame to the new one: screen, battery, logic board, cameras, speakers, Taptic Engine, charging port and flex cables. Check the photos to see which small parts come fitted, and transfer anything not included. It is an advanced job, best done by a repair shop or an experienced DIY repairer.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003ch2\u003eWhy buy from The Repair Plus\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n  \u003cli\u003eSame-day dispatch when you order before 4pm, Monday to Friday.\u003c\/li\u003e\n  \u003cli\u003eUK stock, shipped from Manchester.\u003c\/li\u003e\n  \u003cli\u003eEvery part tested before dispatch.\u003c\/li\u003e\n  \u003cli\u003e30-day returns.\u003c\/li\u003e\n  \u003cli\u003eTrusted by DIY repairers and independent repair shops.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\n\u003ch2\u003eFrequently asked questions\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eWill this fit my iPhone 13 Pro Max?\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eNo. The iPhone 13 Pro Max is larger and needs its own housing.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eDo I need to move my parts across?\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eYes. The housing is the body only. All internal parts are transferred from your old phone.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eCan I change my phone's colour with this?\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eYes. Moving your parts into a Graphite housing changes the colour of the frame and back.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eHow fast is dispatch?\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eOrder before 4pm, Monday to Friday, and we dispatch the same day from Manchester.\u003c\/p\u003e","brand":"The Repair Plus","offers":[{"title":"Default Title","offer_id":49843633488199,"sku":"","price":149.99,"currency_code":"GBP","in_stock":true}],"thumbnail_url":"\/\/cdn.shopify.com\/s\/files\/1\/0809\/2545\/8759\/files\/9330577867079-white.jpg?v=1790791807"}],"url":"https:\/\/therepairplus.com\/collections\/iphone-parts.oembed?page=27","provider":"The Repair Plus","version":"1.0","type":"link"}